Draft EIA Report · Draft EIA Report Common Effluent Treatment Plant Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster Proposed Capacity -150KLD

Draft EIA Report

Common Effluent Treatment Plant

Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster

Proposed Capacity -150KLD

Prepared by:

Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd. (SSWML)SCO 20-

21, II floor, Near Hotel Dolphin, Zirakpur (Punjab) 140 604.

Phone/Telefax: 01762-509496

Proponent: Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS) Ajrakhpur Paddhar, Post: Kukma, 370105. Tal- Bhuj District -Kachchh, State- Gujarat, India.

DRAFT EIA REPORT FOR PROJECT FOR PROPOSED C.E.T.P AT AJRAKHPUR BLOCK PRINTING CLUSTER

i | P a g e

QCI/NABET Certificate ........................................................................................................... ix

UNDERTAKING ..................................................................................................................... xi

TERMS OF REFERENCE ...................................................................................................... xiii

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ....................................................................................................... xxi

1 Introduction .................................................................................................................... 1

Background ................................................................................................................. 1

Category of The Project ............................................................................................... 1

Purpose of EIA ............................................................................................................. 1

Objectives of EIA ......................................................................................................... 1

Scope of the EIA .......................................................................................................... 1

Need for the Project ..................................................................................................... 2

Advantages of CETP .................................................................................................... 2

Approach of the EIA Study .......................................................................................... 2

Details of The Project Proponent .................................................................................. 3

Structure of the EIA report: ....................................................................................... 5

2 Project Description ....................................................................................................... 16

Introduction- Type of Project .......................................................................................16

Identification of the Project .........................................................................................18

Brief Description of Nature of the Project ....................................................................18

Environmental Sensitivity related to project site. .........................................................21

Need For The Project And Its Importance To The Country or Region .........................24

Employment Generation (Direct And Indirect) Due To The Project .............................24

Swot Analysis ..............................................................................................................24

Site Layout ..................................................................................................................25

Treatment Scheme ......................................................................................................39

Details on Equalization Tank ...................................................................................39

Discharge Cum Recovery Standard ........................................................................40

Treated Effluent Usage ............................................................................................40

Sludge Management ...............................................................................................40

3 Description of Environment ........................................................................................... 43

Introduction.................................................................................................................43


ii | P a g e

Study Area ..................................................................................................................43

Landform, Land-Use And Land Ownership ................................................................43

Topography ................................................................................................................44

Land use pattern. .......................................................................................................44

Soil Classification ........................................................................................................47

Climatic & Rainfall .......................................................................................................47

Site Specific Micro Meterological Data .................................................................................48

Air Environment ..........................................................................................................49

Water Environment ......................................................................................................56

Soil Environment ......................................................................................................64

Noise Environment ..................................................................................................70

Geo Hydrology ........................................................................................................70

Soil Percolation........................................................................................................71

Ecology & Biodiversity .............................................................................................71

Greenbelt Development ..........................................................................................82

Socio Economic Impact Assessment ......................................................................83

DEMOGRAPHY .......................................................................................................89

4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures ............................................ 95

Identification Of Impacts .............................................................................................95

Predictions And Evaluation Of Impacts .......................................................................95

Air Environment ..........................................................................................................97

Mitigation Measures ..............................................................................................................97

Water Environment ......................................................................................................98

Impact On Land ..........................................................................................................99

Noise Environment .................................................................................................... 100

Solid Waste Management ......................................................................................... 101

Infrastructure And Services ...................................................................................... 102

Socio - Economic Impacts ........................................................................................ 104

Impact Matrix ........................................................................................................ 106

5 Analysis Of Alternatives .............................................................................................. 115

Site Selection ............................................................................................................ 115


iii | P a g e

Treatment Scheme .................................................................................................... 115

6 Environmental Monitoring Programme ......................................................................... 117

Introduction............................................................................................................... 117

Areas of Concern ...................................................................................................... 117

Responsibility ........................................................................................................... 120

CETP Emergency Management System ................................................................... 122

Environmental Policy ................................................................................................. 123

Action To Be Taken Against Nonconformity .............................................................. 124

System Of Reporting Of Noncompliance / Violations Of Environmental Norms To Board

Of Directors / Share Holders ............................................................................................... 125

Additional Studies ..................................................................................................... 125

Operational Directives .............................................................................................. 126

7 Additional Studies ...................................................................................................... 129

Introduction............................................................................................................... 129

Risk Assessment ...................................................................................................... 129

Objective Of The Study ............................................................................................. 130

Relevant Definitions .................................................................................................. 130

Hazard Identification ................................................................................................. 133

Major Hazards And Damage Criteria ........................................................................ 136

Disaster management plan ....................................................................................... 143

Structure Of The Emergency Management ............................................................... 144

Roles And Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 145

8 Project Benefits .......................................................................................................... 150

Benefits: Economic And Social Infrastructure ........................................................... 150

Employment Opportunities ....................................................................................... 150

Benefits Of Industries ............................................................................................... 150

Social Responsibility ................................................................................................. 151

Capacity Building Training Programs ....................................................................... 151

9 Environmental Cost And Benefit Analysis .................................................................... 153

10 Environment Management Plan ................................................................................ 155

Aims & Objectives ................................................................................................. 155

Construction Phase ............................................................................................... 156


iv | P a g e

Operation Phase ................................................................................................... 157

Construction Phase Management ......................................................................... 160

Operational Phase Management ........................................................................... 161

Conveyance .......................................................................................................... 161

Details Of Environmental Management Plan ......................................................... 162

Odor Management Plan ........................................................................................ 163

Water Conservation ............................................................................................... 164

Waste Water Generation During Construction Phase ............................................ 164

Drainage And Storm Water Management .............................................................. 164

Rain Water Recharging Scheme ........................................................................... 165

Solid/ hazardous waste managenent .................................................................... 166

Noise Environment ................................................................................................ 166

Land Environment ................................................................................................. 167

Ecological Balance ............................................................................................... 167

Socio-Economic Survey ........................................................................................ 167

Biological environment (operation phase) ............................................................. 168

Organizational Hierarchical Structure .................................................................... 169

Environmental Management Cell ........................................................................... 170

11 Summary ................................................................................................................. 174

Introduction ........................................................................................................... 174

Category Of The Project ........................................................................................ 174

Salient Features Of The Project ............................................................................. 174

Treatment Scheme ................................................................................................ 175

Manpower Requirement ........................................................................................ 176

Effluent Transportation .......................................................................................... 176

Existing Environment ............................................................................................. 176

Air Environment ..................................................................................................... 176

Water Environment ................................................................................................ 177

Soil Environment .................................................................................................... 177

Noise Environment ................................................................................................ 177

Biological Environment .......................................................................................... 177


v | P a g e

Socio-economic environment: ............................................................................... 177

Landuse Patterns: ................................................................................................. 178

Impact Assessments ............................................................................................. 178

Budgetory Provisions For EMP .............................................................................. 178

Corporate Social Responsibility ............................................................................ 178

Observations And Conclusions ............................................................................. 179

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ............................................................................. 181

Table 0-1: Corporate Social Responsibility ............................................................................ xxvi

Table 1-1: compliance of tor: ..................................................................................................... 6

Table 2-1: Salient Features of The Project .................................................................................18

Table 2-2: Land area details .....................................................................................................19

Table 2-3: Ajrakhpur Artisan Unit Monthly Production Details ...................................................28

Table 2-4: Consumption Of Dyes, Chemicals & Auxiliaries .......................................................30

Table 2-5: List Of Biodegradable Chemicals ............................................................................31

Table 2-6: List Of Non-Biodegradable Chemicals .....................................................................32

Table 2-7: Effluent Generation Details .......................................................................................34

Table 2-8: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation ....................................................36

Table 2-9: Consumption of Raw materials ................................................................................36

Table 2-10: Details of Equalization tank ...................................................................................39

Table 2-11: Achievable Values Vis-À-Vis Statutory Norms ........................................................40

Table 3-1: Corner Coordinates of the Project Site. ....................................................................43

Table 3-2: Land Use/ Land Cover classification table ...............................................................44

Table 3-3: Climatological Data for IMD Station Bhuj..................................................................47

Table 3-4: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations .................................................51

Table 3-5: Methods adopted for Ambient Air Parameters .........................................................51

Table 3-6: Ambient Air Quality Data ..........................................................................................52

Table 3-7: Location of Water Monitoring Stations ......................................................................57

Table 3-8: CPCB water quality criteria ......................................................................................57

Table 3-9: Surface Water Results (Sept-2017) ..........................................................................58

Table 3-10: Ground Water Results (Sept-2017) ........................................................................60

Table 3-11: Soil quality Results for month Sept 2017 ................................................................64

Table 3-12: Standard Soil Classification....................................................................................65

Table 3-13: Soil Quality Results for month Sept 2017................................................................66

Table 3-14: Noise monitoring results. ........................................................................................70

Table 3-15: district-wise forest cover (area in km) ....................................................................73

Table 3-16: Mode of Data Collection & Parameters Considered During the Survey ..................74

Table 3-17: Tree Species Present In The Study Area ................................................................76

Table 3-18: List of Species found in the buffer zone. ................................................................79


vi | P a g e

Table 3-19: Systematic lists of birds in the buffer zone with its distribution and migratory status

.................................................................................................................................................79

Table 3-20: List of Reptiles in the buffer zone. ..........................................................................80

Table 3-21: Aquatic Flora and Fuana ........................................................................................81

Table 3-22: Along the Roadside ...............................................................................................82

Table 3-23: Along the CETP Infrastructure shrubs are planted .................................................83

Table 3-24: Coordinates of the stud area. .................................................................................84

Table 3-25: Demographic Profile of the study area (10km) in villages/CT Ajrakhpur District

Kachchh Gujarat: ......................................................................................................................86

Table 3-26: Demographic Profile of the study area (10km) in Ajrakhpur Tehsil Bhuj District

Kachchh Gujrat: ........................................................................................................................89

Table 4-1: Impact Identification Matrix .................................................................................... 107

Table 4-2: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase ................. 109

Table 4-3: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation Phase ..................... 111

Table 6-1: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme for Implementation during Project

Construction Phase ................................................................................................................. 119


Operation Phase ..................................................................................................................... 119

Table 7-1: Toxicity Level of Hazardous Chemicals ................................................................... 131

Table 7-2: Hazards and Its Control ......................................................................................... 134

Table 7-3: Flood Control Measures ......................................................................................... 135

Table 7-4: Earthquake Control Measures ................................................................................ 135

Table 7-5: Fire Fighting System ............................................................................................... 135

Table 7-6: Occupation Hazards And Its Control Measure ........................................................ 137

Table 7-7: Structure Of The Emergency Management .............................................................. 144

Table 7-8: - Roles And Responsibilities ................................................................................... 145

Table 10-1 Issues and their management during Construction Phase. ................................... 156

Table 10-2 Issues and Management during Operation Phase. .............................................. 158

Table 10-3: Corporate Social Responsibility ........................................................................... 171

Table 10-4 Allocation of Budget for Environment Management Plan ...................................... 172

Table 11-1: Corporate Social Responsibility ........................................................................... 178

Table 12-1 Details of the Consultant Organization .................................................................. 181

Table 12-2 Key Personnel/FAEs (Functional Area Experts) Associated with the Study ........... 182

Table 12-3: Key Personnel/FAA(Functional Area Associate) Associated with the Study ......... 184

Figure 1-1: Location of the proposed CETP project. .................................................................. 4

Figure 2-1: Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster .............................................................................17

Figure 2-2:location map showing 5km Radius from Project Site. ..............................................20

Figure 2-3: Toposheet showing 5Km & 10km radius from the project site ................................22

Figure 2-4: Eco Sensitive Map of Gujarat ..................................................................................23

Figure 2-5: Layout of the project site .........................................................................................26


vii | P a g e

Figure 2-6: Photographs of the Project Site ...............................................................................27

Figure 2-7: A sample of the cloth product made using wooden block printing .........................33

Figure 2-8: The Conveyance layout ..........................................................................................38

Figure 3-1: Graphical Presentation of Land Use/ Land Cover classification .............................44

Figure 3-2: Satellite Image Map of the Project site and study area ...........................................45

Figure 3-3: Land use /Land Cover Map ....................................................................................46

Figure 3-4: Map Showing Monitoring locations .........................................................................50

Figure 3-5: Graphical Representation of PM2.5 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to

Mid-October 2017 .....................................................................................................................54

Figure 3-6: Graphical Representation of PM10 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to

Mid-October 2017 .....................................................................................................................54

Figure 3-7: Graphical Representation of NO2 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to

Mid-October 2017 .....................................................................................................................55

Figure 3-8: Graphical Representation of SO2 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to

Mid-October 2017 .....................................................................................................................55

Figure 3-9: Graphical Representation of O3 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to Mid-

October 2017 ............................................................................................................................56

Figure 3-10: Showing 10 Km Buffer Map Showing Settlements ................................................85

Figure 10-1: Schematic Diagram Of Recharge Well ............................................................... 165

Figure 10-2: Organizational Hierarchical Structure ................................................................. 169

List of Annexures & Drawings

Annexure

I. Land Registration Document

II. Undertaking that member industries of proposed CETP will be textile processing

units, yarn dyeing units, weaving units or allied textile units only and will not have

any other chemical synthesis or pharmaceutical industries.

III. Undertaking a separate electric meter will be provided for the waste water

treatment system.

IV. Application submitted for Electricity connection & Receipt.

V. Receipt of Application submitted for Groundwater Abstraction to CGWB,

Ahmedabad.

VI. Disciplinary Policy

VII. Monitoring Test Reports

VIII. Geotechnical Investigation Report

IX. Conservation Plan

Drawings

I. CETP Plant Layout

II. Pipeline Distribution System

III. CETP Hydraulic Flow Diagram

IV. Ajrakhpur Cluster Map.


viii | P a g e

QCI/NABET CERTIFICATE


ix | P a g e

QCI/NABET Certificate


x | P a g e

UNDERTAKING

DRAFT EIA REPORT

xi | P a g e

We, Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas

Common Effluent Treatment Plant

Bhuj, District Kachchh, hereby declare

(NITRA) have engaged Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd, accredited by QCI/NABET

(Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0040), as EIA Consultant for preparation of EIA Report.

The EIA Report has been prepared

SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/7(h)/851/2017 dated 28.09.2017

presented in the report is factually correct and that we own the contents (information and data)

of the EIA Report.

Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan

Dr. Ismail Mohmed Khatri(President)

REPORT FOR PROJECT FOR PROPOSED C.E.T.P AT AJRAKHPUR BLOCK

UNDERTAKING

Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS), Project Proponent of the proposed

Plant at Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster, Village Ajrakhpur, Tehsil

, hereby declare that Northern India Textile Research Association

have engaged Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd, accredited by QCI/NABET


The EIA Report has been prepared in compliance with the Terms of Reference (vide ref no

SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/7(h)/851/2017 dated 28.09.2017). We hereby certify that the data/information


Sangathan (AHVS)

BLOCK PRINTING CLUSTER

, Project Proponent of the proposed

Ajrakhpur, Tehsil

le Research Association

have engaged Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd, accredited by QCI/NABET


in compliance with the Terms of Reference (vide ref no

). We hereby certify that the data/information



xii | P a g e

TERMS OF REFERENCE


xiii | P a g e

Terms of Reference


xiv | P a g e


xv | P a g e


xvi | P a g e


xvii | P a g e


xviii | P a g e


xix | P a g e


xx | P a g e

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY


xxi | P a g e

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

INTRODUCTION

The ‘Ajrakh’ block printing style is a traditional art & cultural heritage of Kutch. Government has

taken initiative to conserve and protect the artisans through development of different

infrastructure facilities to promote and boost up the textile activity in that locality.

Textile processing activity necessarily generates some effluent. The discharge of untreated

effluent creates surface water and ground water contamination and diminishes the supply of

good quality water which is a major concern in Kutch. Therefore, treatment as well as reuse or

recycling of water through effective Environmental Management System is a major exercise

sought-after for this cluster - famous for several centuries.

Keeping this in mind, Govt. of India through Handicraft Mega Cluster Mission (HMCM) proposed

to address this issue for the benefits of the small & tiny processors and the CETP project was

initiated and approached NITRA for establishment of CETP in Ajrakhpur Industrial Cluster.

Ajrakhpur is worldwide known for the art of Ajrakh Block Printing Style. Mostly natural dyes are

used in dyeing & printing which includes a mixture of camel dung, soda ash and castor oil, waste

iron, myrobalan, madder, indigo, pomegranate peel boiled in water, sprays of turmeric water,

root of rhubarb etc. These blocks printing styles are century old traditions being followed till

date.

Ajrakhpur industrial cluster (developed in 32 Acres area) is situated on approx. 16 km from Bhuj

city towards Bhuj-Bhachau Highway. Bhuj City has good connectivity of Bus and Rail Network

with other cities of Gujarat and India. The airport in Bhuj is also having connectivity with national

and international cities.

The present level of effluent discharge of all the processing units of the cluster is 150 m³/day

(KLD) for which there is a CETP proposed of 150KLD.

CATEGORY OF THE PROJECT

As per the EIA Notification 2006, the proponent needs to obtain the Environmental Clearance for

the proposed project for establishing CETP. Common Effluent Treatment Units (CETP) units are

listed at Serial no. 7(h) of the Schedule of EIA Notification of 14.09.2006 under Category ‘B’. No

General Conditions are applicable in the proposed project.

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

Location Latitude: 23°13'53.11"N

Longitude: 69°47'41.35"E

CETP project is proposed at Common Plot No 1 of Survey No. 694

of Paddhar-Ajrakhpur Village.

Land Area Land area for proposed CETP is 1102.5 sq.m.

Screening Category 7(h), Category A as per EIA Notification 14th

Sep, 2006 and

amended thereof.


xxii | P a g e

Project Profile The CETP is proposed to treat around 150 KLD industrial effluents

from the industries located in Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster.

Cost of the Project Rs. 146 Lacs.

Resource Requirement

Source & Quantity of

Water

Proposed borewell (1Nos.) at site.

Power 40KW

Power Supplying

Agency

Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Ltd.

Power Backup 10 KVA – 1 Nos.

Man Power required Manpower required during Construction phase is 6 Nos.

Manpower required during operational phase is 4 Nos.

Environmental Management System

Effluent Treatment

Scheme

Proposed CETP is for the effluent treatment generated from Small

& tiny textile processing units who are engaged in this activity are

clustered around Ajrakhpur which is popularly known as ‘Ajrakhpur

Block Printing Cluster’.

TREATMENT SCHEME

The treatment scheme starts with the collection of process effluent and other domestic effluent

into an equalization tank after passing through an oil and grease trap. Due to rapid discharge,

the peak flow rate would be high which will be absorbed into the equalization tank of sufficient

storage capacity.

Before oil & grease trap the effluent will pass through Bar & Coarse screen which has to be

cleaned manually at regular intervals. The mixed effluent from equalization tank would then be

subjected to a physico-chemical treatment in a reaction tank having multiple chambers fitted

with agitators where Acid & Ferrous Sulphate dosing will be carried out followed by lime dosing

for PH enhancement. This leads to final precipitation of chromium and dye stuff materials which

gives effluent clarification.

Subsequently, it will be taken into a tube settler for settling of flocks through settling process.

The overflow from the settler-1 will be imparted an aerobic treatment for the reduction of

BOD/COD. Aerobic system will function on the principle of attached growth and suspended

model. This lowers BOD/COD load easily. It also partially removes color successfully through

bio-adsorption. The process is effective enough for handling peak load and easy for trouble-

shooting.

The effluent would now pass through a secondary clarifier for the separation of bio-mass and its

recycling as per design requirement in to the aeration tank. This reduces BOD/COD value of the

treated effluent to virtually a negligible level. Moreover, it removes foul smell, improves effluent

transparency, residual color etc. The system needs nutrient dosing of Nitrogen (N) & Phosphorus

(P) as per ratio BOD: N: P:100: 5: 1 to promote the bio-growth.


xxiii | P a g e

The partially treated effluent will then pass through a series of reaction chambers for final

polishing through precipitation technique. The oxidation process would remove color more than

99%, improve transparency and make the effluent fit for subsequent polishing treatment. At this

stage, part of the effluent could be discharged into green belt as the treated effluent

characteristics would be meeting the statutory norms of the state pollution control board. For

recycling, the partly polished effluent will be passed through battery of conventional filters

consisting of multi-grade filter, iron filter in order to achieve cent percent transparency.

MANPOWER REQUIREMENT

Six number of people will be employed during the Construction phase and four number of people

will be employed during the operational phase.

EFFLUENT TRANSPORTATION

As mentioned earlier, there is a cluster of 49 textile units. The proposed CETP will be located at

the centre of the cluster. The individual unit will function only in single shift operation basis which

increases the peak discharge reasonably higher than the average discharge flow rate if it

operates on 24 hours basis.

The effluent discharge from the participating units will be taken to the CETP site through 150 mm

dia. PVC Pipe, already laid down. The distance from the nearest unit is 40 meters and 350 meters

length is used to take the effluent from furthest unit.

Following are the special provisions made in conveyance system to protect the environment from

any malfunction and for smooth conductance.

• Effluent will be transported through pipeline system for each unit to CETP

• Proper inspection will be carried out

• Cleaning of pipeline will be carried out as per requirement

• The routine monitoring of pipeline shall be carried out.

EXISTING ENVIRONMENT

Existing environmental scenario has been described for the specific environmental components

as delineated in TOR for the study area of CETP.

The baseline study was conducted during period (Mid-September 2017 – Mid December 2017).

AIR ENVIRONMENT

The results of the air environment carried out is given below:

Parameter Minimum

Value (µg/m3

) Location

Maximum

Value (µg/m3

) Location

PM2.5 17.2 Kukma 28.98 Ler

PM10 49.11 Kukma 72.12 Vadvara

NO2 8.46 Reldi Moti 16.16 Vadvara

SO2 6.37 Kukma 10.31 Ler

O3 3.39 Vadvara 6.83 Vadvara


xxiv | P a g e

In all cases, the 24-hourly average levels of SO2 and NO2 were observed to be within the limit of

80 µg/m3

for residential, rural & other areas as stipulated in the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards. Also, in all cases, the PM2.5 levels were within the corresponding permissible limit

of 60 µg/m3

. As well as PM10 level were within the corresponding permissible limit 100 µg/m3

as

stipulated NAAQS.

WATER ENVIRONMENT

Surface Water : The pH recorded for surface water at Village Paddhar is 7.73 and the pH of the

surface water at Village Kukma is 7.4. The Total dissolved solid varied from 1619-1719 mg/l,

Calcium was found between 18mg/l at village Kukma and 20mg/l at village Paddhar, Chloride

was found 499mg/l and 487mg/l respectively. In comparison, the Suphate (SO4) was found

higher in Village Padhar i.e. 147mg/l and Nitrate(NO3) was found higher in Village Kukma

i.e.1.39mg/l.

Ground Water: The analysis results indicate the pH ranges in between 7.63 to 7.75, Village

Kukma & Village Lakhond respectively. Total hardness was observed to be ranging from 297 to

598 mg/l. Chloride was found to be in the range of 230.2 to 458.68 mg/l.

SOIL ENVIRONMENT

A. Soil reaction (pH): The nutritional importance of pH is illustrated, thus hydrogen ion

concentration has influence not only on, solubility of nutrients, but also upon facility with which

these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe, Mn and Zn

become less available as pH rises from to 6.92 to 8.62 indicating soil is slightly alkaline.

B. Electrical conductivity (EC): The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC measurements,

and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical conductivity is expressed

as µmhos/cm at 25°C, or mmhos/cm. The EC of eight soil samples is between 2.69 to 3.89

mmhos/cm and are below the limits to be called as saline or salt affected and hence the soils

are normal for crop growth.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

It was observed that the noise levels both during day time and night time are found within the

desirable limits.

BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

➢ Detailed study has been conducted within the study area of 10 km to describe the

biological environment surrounding the CETP with specific reference to type of crops,

floral and faunal diversity, endangered species etc.

➢ There are no National Parks, Wildlife sanctuaries, Reserved & Protected forests with the

periphery of 10 km buffer zone from the project site.

➢ List of Flora & fauna has been incorporated in chapter-3.

SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT:

The total Household in 22 villages are 6,550 and the total population is 30,036. The male

population is 51% and female population is 48.88%. Kukma has the highest population followed

by Padhar and Bhujodi and Nava Vas has no population followed by Vavdi, only 3 households

of 21 peoples.


xxv | P a g e

Literacy rate is around 61% which is considerably lower than the overall state figure which is

79.31%. The Schedule Caste population is 15.17%.The Schedule Tribe community found in

these villages is very less only 0.72%. There are few villages where no schedule caste or

schedule tribe population. The population, below six year is 14.74%. Total working population is

concerned 34.97%. Population is considered as main worker is 31%and Non worker is

65%whereas marginal worker considered 3.94% within study area.

LANDUSE PATTERNS:

➢ The villages situated within the 10 km radius of the proposed site have been considered

for the study of the land use pattern.

➢ Landuse pattern reveals that 29.63% land of the study area is Agricultural land whereas

the Built up Land is 4.57%, Fallow Land is 36.91%, mining area is 1.78%, Water bodies

are 0.71 %, Forest area/hill/shrubs are 26.7%.

IMPACT ASSESSMENTS

Based on the project design details provided by proponent, data collected to describe the

existing environmental scenario and to satisfy the requirements of TOR, the impacts have been

identified and assessed.

BUDGETORY PROVISIONS FOR EMP

Adequate budgetary provisions have been made by the management for execution of

environmental management plans. Total capital cost for environmental pollution control

measures would be Rs. 11 Lacs and recurring cost per annum would be Rs. 3 lacs. Budget

earmarked for pollution control/ monitoring equipment; operation and maintenance of pollution

control facilities, greenbelt development and maintenance.

Allocation of Budget for Environment Management Plan

S.No. Activity Capital Cost

(Rs. in Lakhs)

Operating Cost

(Rs. in Lakhs/ Year)

1. Air Pollution Control Measures 1.5 0.5

2. Solid/ Hazardous Waste

Management 2 1

3. Green Belt Development -- 0.5

4. Occupational Health & Safety 0.5 0.2

5.

Ambient Air, Soil, Noise, Water

Quality monitoring, Laboratory

equipments etc.

7 0.8

Total 11 3

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

As the part of the corporate social responsibility, the following budget has been considered for

its implementation as contribution towards social development.


xxvi | P a g e

Corporate Social Responsibility

Sr.

No. Activities Details

Total Amount

(in Lakhs)

1. Health Care Checkup Health care checkup of

nearby Villagers. 0.5

2. Development of Schools Necessary maintenance 0.5

Total 1

Note: The organization shall earmark the fund of Rs.1 lakh for the CSR. This Fund shall be

utilized over a period of 3 years.

10 OBSERVATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS

(A) WATER:

➢ The plant will have treatment consisting of physical, chemical, biological, conventional

filtration & tertiary treatment units with sludge handling facility

➢ Treated water will be used for horticulture & agricultural purpose to meet the ecofriendly

system.

(B) AIR:

➢ Dust emission during construction & emission will be controlled, operation of DG set will

be there in case of failure of power.

(C) LAND:

➢ The change in landuse pattern is not in conflict with any present and/or future use of the

land.

➢ The overburden and construction waste will be reused as early as possible in the

construction and for land filling during land-scaping of project site.

(D) BIOLOGICAL:

➢ There are no notified ecological sensitive locations, migratory paths, sanctuaries etc.

within the study area.

➢ The proposed project does not envisage any destruction or displacement of any

endemic faunal species.

➢ Green belt/plantation will be developed around the CETP.

(E) OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY:

➢ As the operation of CETP involves handling and use of chemicals such as Lime, Ferrous

sulphate, Poly electrolyte, Urea, DAP etc. the safety of workers invites safety

considerations.


xxvii | P a g e

કાર્યકારી સારાાંશ (EXECUTIVE SUMMARY)

• પરરચર્ (Introduction) : - 'અઝરખ' બ્લોક પ્રિન્ટિંગ શૈલી કચ્છની પરંપરાગત કલા અને સાસં્કૃપ્રતક વારસો છે. સરકારે સ્થાપ્રનક

પ્રવસ્તારની ટેક્સટાઇલ િવપૃ્રિને ઉિેજન અને િોત્સાહન આપવા માટે પ્રવપ્રવધ આંતરમાળખાકીય

સપુ્રવધાઓના પ્રવકાસ દ્વારા કસબીઓના સરંક્ષણ અને રક્ષણ માટે પહલે કરી છે.

ટેક્સટાઇલ િક્રિયાની િવપૃ્રિમા ંકેટલાક િદૂપ્રિત પાણી (effluent) ઉત્પન્ન થાય છે. નકામા િદૂપ્રિત પાણી

ના િવાહનુ ંપ્રવસર્જન સપાટી પરના જળ િદૂિણનુ ંસર્જન કરે છે અને કચ્છમા ંએક મખુ્ય ચ િંતા છે, જે

સારા ગણુવિાવાળા પાણીની પરુવઠાને ઘટાડે છે. તેથી, અસરકારક પયાાવરણીય િબધંન વ્યવસ્થા

દ્વારા પાણીના પનુઃઉપયોગ અથવા ક્રરસાયકક્લિંગનો સમાવેશ થાય એ આ ક્લસ્ટર માટે પછીથી

માગંવામા ંઆવતી મખુ્ય કવાયત છે - ઘણી સદીઓ માટે િપ્રસદ્ધ છે.

આને ધ્યાનમા ંરાખીને, સરકાર હને્ડિાફ્ટ મેગા ક્લસ્ટર પ્રમશન (એ એમસીએમ) દ્વારા ભારતના

નાના અન ેનાના િોસેસરોના ફાયદા માટે આ મદુ્દાને સબંોપ્રધત કરવાની દરખાસ્ત કરવામા ંઆવી

હતી અન ે સીઇટીપી િોજેક્ટ શરૂ કરવામા ંઆવ્યો છે અને અઝરખપરુ ઇ્ડનસ્િયલ ક્લસ્ટરમા ં

સીઇટીપીની સ્થાપના માટે નીિાનો સપંકા કયો હતો. જયા ંઅઝરખપરુની બ્લોક પ્રિન્ટિંગ ની કળા

પ્રવશ્વભરમા ંજાણીતી છે. મોટેભાગે કુદરતી રંગોનો ઉપયોગ ડાઇંગ અને પ્રિન્ટિંગમા ંથાય છે જેમા ંઊંટના

છાણ, સોડા એશ અને એરંડ તેલ, ક રો લોખડં, મગૃાલીન, મક્રદરા, ગળી, દાડમ, પાણીમા ંબાફેલા છાલ,

હળદરનુ ંપાણી, રેવ ંીનુ ંમળૂ વગેરેનુ ંપ્રમશ્રણ વગેરેનો સમાવેશ થાય છે. આ બ્લોક્સ પ્રિન્ટિંગ શૈલીઓ

આજે પણ જૂની પરંપરાઓ અનસુરી રહી છે.

અઝરખપરુ ઔદ્યોચગક ક્લસ્ટર (આશરે 32 એકર પ્રવસ્તારમા ંપ્રવકપ્રસત) આશરે લગભગ ભજુ શહરેથી 16

ક્રકમી દૂર ભજૂ- ભ ાઉ હાઇવે. પર આવેલુ ંછે. ભજુ શહરેમા ંગજુરાત અને ભારતના અ્ય શહરેો સાથ ે

બસ અન ેરેલ નેટવકાની સારી કનનેક્ટપ્રવટી છે. ભજુ એરપોટા પણ રાષ્ટ્િીય અન ેઆંતરરાષ્ટ્િીય શહરેો

સાથ ેજોડાણ ધરાવે છે.

ક્લસ્ટરના તમામ િોસેપ્રસિંગ યપુ્રનટ્સના િવાહનો વતામાન સ્તર 150 m³ / day (KLD) છે, જેના માટે

150KLD ની સીઈટીપી દરખાસ્ત છે.


xxviii | P a g e

• પ્રોજેક્ટના કેટેગરી (Category of project): - ઈઆઇએ (EIA) સ ૂના 2006 મજુબ, િસ્તાવકતાાને સીઇટીપી સ્થાપવા માટે સચૂ ત િોજેક્ટ માટે

પયાાવરણીય કક્લયર્સ મેળવવાની જરૂર છે. સામા્ય િદૂપ્રિત પાણી િીટમે્ ટ યપુ્રનટ (સીઇટીપી)

એકમો પ્રસક્રરયલ ન.ં કેટેગરી 'બી' હઠેળ ઈઆઇએ (EIA) સ ૂના 2006 ના જાહરેનામાની સચૂ ની

7 (એ ) મા આવો છે. એ મજુબ સચૂ ત િોજેક્ટમા ંકોઈ સામા્ય શરતો લાગ ુનથી.

• પ્રોજેક્ટના મખુ્ર્ લક્ષણો (Salient features of the project) : - સ્થાન અક્ષાશં- 23°13'53.11"N

રેખાશં- 69°47'41.35"E

સીઇટીપી િોજેક્ટની દરખાસ્ત પદ્ધર - અઝરખપરુ ગામના સામા્ય પ્લોટ ન.ં 1 ના સવે ન.ં 694 મા ંકરવામા ંઆવી છે.

જમીનનુ ંક્ષેત્રફળ સચૂ ત સીઇટીપી માટે જમીન પ્રવસ્તાર 1102.5 ોરસ મીટર છે.

કેટેગરી સ્િીનીંગ 7 (એ ), કેટેગરી 'બી' ઇઆઇએ સ ૂન 14 સેસ, 2006 મજુબ. િોજેક્ટની ક્રકિંમત રૂ. 146 લાખ

રરસોસયની આવશ્ર્કતા:(Resource requirement)

સ્રોત અને પાણીની માત્રા સાઇટ પર સચૂ ત બોરવેલ (1 ન)ં પાવર 40 KW પાવર સપ્લાય એજ્સી પપ્રિમ ગજુરાત વીજ કંપની ચલપ્રમટેડ પાવર બેકઅપ 10 કેવીએ - 1 નબંર મેન પાવરની આવશ્યકતા બાધંકામ તબક્કા દરમ્યાન જરૂરી માનવશક્ક્ત 6 છે.

ઓપરેશનલ તબક્કા દરપ્રમયાન જરૂરી માનવશક્ક્ત 4 છે.

પર્ાયવરણીર્ સાંચાલન સસસ્ટમ:(Environmental Management System)

િદૂપ્રિત પાણી ઉપ ાર સારવાર યોજના અઝરખપરુની બ્લોક પ્રિન્ટિંગ કલા પ્રવશ્વભરમા ંજાણીતી છે અને આસપાસ ક્લસ્ટર ના િવપૃ્રિમા ં રોકાયેલા નાના અન ેનાના કાપડ િોસેપ્રસિંગ યપુ્રનટમાથંી પેદા કરવામા ંઆવતી િદૂપ્રિત પાણી ના સારવાર માટે, આ સીઇટીપી િસ્તાપ્રવત છે.


xxix | P a g e

• સારવાર ર્ોજના (Treatment Scheme): - સારવાર યોજના િદૂપ્રિત પાણી અને અ્ય સ્થાપ્રનક િદૂપ્રિત પાણી તેલ અને ગ્રીસ િેપ માથંી

પસાર થયા પછી સમતલુન ટાકંીમા ંસગં્રહ કરી શરૂ થાય છે ઝડપી પ્રવસર્જનન ેલીધે, પીક ફ્લો

દર ઊં ી હશ ેજે પરૂતી સગં્રહ ક્ષમતાના સમતલુન ટાકંીમા ંસમાઈ જશે.

તેલ અને ગ્રીસ િેપ પહલેા ંિદૂપ્રિત પાણી બાર અન ેઅસ્પષ્ટ્ટ સ્િીનમાથંી પસાર થશે જે પ્રનયપ્રમત

સમયાતંરે જાત ેજ સાફ કરાય છે પછી સમતલુન ટાકંીમાથંી પ્રમપ્રશ્રત િદૂપ્રિત પાણી િપ્રતક્રિયા

ટાકંીમા ં ભૌપ્રતક-રાસાયચણક સારવારને આધીન રહશેે જેમા ં મલ્ટીપલ ેમ્બર

ળવળકારો(Agitators) સાથે ફીટ કરવામા ંઆવશ ેજેમા ંPH વધારવા માટે એપ્રસડ અને ફેરસ

સલ્ફેટ ડોચઝિંગ કરવામા ંઆવશે ત્યારબાદ ચનૂો ડોચઝિંગ કરવામા ંઆવશે. જે િોપ્રમયમ અને રંગ

સામગ્રીની અંપ્રતમ વરસાદ(precipitation) તરફ દોરી જાય છે જે િદૂપ્રિત પાણી સ્પષ્ટ્ટતા આપે છે.

ત્યાર બાદ, તે પતાવટ િક્રિયા(Settling Process) મારફ તે ઘેટા ંપતાવટ(settling of flocks) કરી

તે ટયબુ વસાહતીમા(ંtube settler) લેવામા ંઆવશે. વસાહતી -1(settler-1 ) ના ઓવરફ્લોના

બી.ઓ.ડી..(BOD) / સી.ઓ.ડી.(COD) ઘટાડા માટે એરોચબક સારવાર આપવામા ં આવશે.

ઍરોચબક પ્રસસ્ટમ સલંગ્ન વદૃ્ધદ્ધ અને પ્રનલચંબત મોડેલના પ્રસદ્ધાતં પર કાયા કરશ.ે. આ

બી.ઓ.ડી..(BOD) / સી.ઓ.ડી.(COD) ભાર સરળતાથી ઘટાડે છે. તે બાયો શોિણ મારફતે પણ

આંપ્રશક રૂપે રંગને દૂર કરે છે. પીક લોડન ેસભંાળવા અને મશુ્કેલી-શકૂ્રટિંગ માટે સરળતા માટે આ

િક્રિયા ખબૂ જ અસરકારક છે.

હવ ેિદૂપ્રિત પાણી વાયપુ્રમશ્રણ ટાકંીમા(ંaeration tank) ક્રડઝાઇન જરૂક્રરયાત મજુબ. બાયો-સામકૂ્રહક અન ેતેના ક્રરસાયકક્લિંગને અલગ કરવા માટે માધ્યપ્રમક સ્પષ્ટ્ટતા(secondary clarifier) માથંી પસાર થશે. આનાથી િક્રિયા થયેલ િદૂપ્રિત પાણી ના બી.ઓ.ડી..(BOD) / સી.ઓ.ડી.(COD) મલૂ્યન ેલગભગ નજીવુ ંસ્તર સધુી ઘટાડ ેછે. વધમુા,ં તે ખરાબ ગધં દૂર કરે છે, િદૂપ્રિત પાણી પારદપ્રશિતા, શેિ રંગ વગેરે સધુારે છે. બાયો-વદૃ્ધદ્ધને િોત્સાહન આપવા માટે આ રેપ્રશયો િમાણ ે

બીઓડી:એન:પી: 100: 5:1. પ્રસસ્ટમને નાઇિોજન (એન) ના અને ફોસ્ફરસ (પી) ના પોિક ડોચઝિંગ

જરૂર છે.


xxx | P a g e

ત્યાર પછી વરસાદ(precipitation) ટેકપ્રનક મારફતે અંપ્રતમ પોચલપ્રશિંગ માટે.આંપ્રશક રીતે સારવાર

કરાયેલ િદૂપ્રિત પાણી િપ્રતક્રિયા ેમ્બસાની શ્રેણી મારફતે જશે. ઓક્ક્સડેશન િક્રિયા 99% થી વધ ુ

રંગને દૂર કરશ,ે પારદપ્રશિતામા ંસધુારો કરશ ેઅને અનગુામી પોચલપ્રશિંગ સારવાર માટે િદૂપ્રિત

પાણી ક્રફટ કરશ.ે. આ તબકે્ક િદૂપ્રિત પાણીનો ભાગ સારવાર કરાયેલ િદૂપ્રિત પાણી તરીકે ગ્રીન

બેલ્ટમા ંપ્રવસર્જર્જત કરી શકાય છે જેની લાક્ષચણકતાઓ રાજયના િદૂિણ પ્રનયતં્રણ બોડાના વૈધાપ્રનક

પ્રનયમોનુ ંપાલન કરશ.ે ક્રરસાયકક્લિંગ માટે, સારવાર કરાયેલ િદૂપ્રિત પાણી પરંપરાગત ગાળકોની

બેટરી મારફતે પસાર થશે, જેમા ંમનલ્ટ-ગ્રેડ ક્રફલ્ટર, લોખડં ક્રફલ્ટરનો સમાવેશ થાય છે જેથી 100%

પારદપ્રશિતા િાપ્ત થાય. પછીથી, તે કારતસૂ ક્રફલ્ટસા શ્રેણી મારફતે લેવામા ંઆવશે.

• મેન પાવરની આવશ્ર્કતા (Manpower Requirement): - બાધંકામ તબક્કા દરમ્યાન જરૂરી માનવશક્ક્ત 6 છે.ઓપરેશનલ તબક્કા દરપ્રમયાન જરૂરી

માનવશક્ક્ત 4 છે.

• પ્રદૂસિત પાણી પરરવહન (Effluent transportation): - અગાઉ સ ૂવ્યા મજુબ 49 ટેક્સટાઇલ યપુ્રનટ્સનુ ંક્લસ્ટર છે. સચૂ ત સીઈટીપી ક્લસ્ટરના કે્રમા ં

ક્સ્થત થયેલ હશ.ે. વ્યક્ક્તગત એકમ માત્ર એક પ્રશફ્ટ ઓપરેશનના આધારે કાયા કરશે, જે સરેરાશ

ક્રડસ્ ાર્જ ફ્લો રેટ કરતા ંજો તે 24 કલાકના ધોરણે કામ કરે તો તેનાથી પ્રશખર ક્રડસ્ ાર્જ વધશે.

સહભાગી એકમોમાથંી િદૂપ્રિત પાણી ક્રડસ્ ાર્જ સીઇટીપી સાઇટ પર 150 mm dia. ની પીવીસી

પાઇપ, દ્વારા લઈ જશે. નજીકના એકમ(unit) નુ ંઅંતર 40 મીટર અને 350 મીટરની લબંાઈ

સદૂુરવતી એકમ (unit) મા ંછે

વાતાવરણને કોઈ ખામીમાથંી અન ે સરળ વહન માટેના સરંક્ષણ માટે વાહન વ્યવસ્થામા ં

બનાવવામા ંઆવેલી પ્રવશિે જોગવાઈઓ છે.

1. િદૂપ્રિત પાણી દરેક એકમથી(unit) સીઇટીપી માટે પાઇપલાઇન પ્રસસ્ટમ દ્વારા પક્રરવહન

કરવામા ંઆવશે.

2. યોગ્ય પ્રનરીક્ષણ હાથ ધરવામા ંઆવશે.

3. જરૂક્રરયાત મજુબ પાઇપલાઇનની સફાઈ કરવામા ંઆવશે.


xxxi | P a g e

4. પાઇપલાઇનનુ ંપ્રનયપ્રમત મોનીટરીંગ હાથ ધરવામા ંઆવશે.

• હાલના પર્ાયવરણ (Existing Environment): - સીઇટીપીના અભ્યાસના પ્રવસ્તાર માટે TOR મા ંદશાાવવામા ંઆવેલ ોક્કસ પયાાવરણીય ઘટકો માટે

હાલના પયાાવરણીય પક્રરક્સ્થપ્રતનુ ંવણાન કરવામા ંઆવ્યુ ંછે.

બેઝલાઇન અભ્યાસ એ સમયગાળા દરપ્રમયાન હાથ ધરવામા ંઆવ્યો હતો (મધ્ય-સપ્ટેમ્બર 2017 -

મધ્ય ક્રડસેમ્બર 2017).

➢ એર પર્ાયવરણ (Air Environment): - હવામા ંવાતાવરણના પક્રરણામો ની ેઆપેલ છે:

પેરામીટર ન્યનૂતમ વેલ્ય ુ

(μg / m3)

સ્થાન મહત્તમ મલૂ્ર્ (μg / m3)

સ્થાન

PM2.5 17.2 કુકમા 28.98 લેર PM10 49.11 કુકમા 72.12 વડવરા NO2 8.46 રેલ્ડી

મોતી 16.16 વડવરા

SO2 6.37 કુકમા 10.31 લેર O3 3.39 વડવરા 6.83 વડવરા

તમામ કેસોમા,ં રાષ્ટ્િીય એકમ્બય્ટ એર ક્વોચલટી સ્ટા્ડર્ડાસમા ંનક્કી કરાયલેા રહણેાકં, ગ્રામીણ અને

અ્ય પ્રવસ્તારો માટે SO2 અને NO2 નો 24 કલાકનો સરેરાશ સ્તર 80 μg / m3 ની મયાાદામા ં

જોવા મળ્યો હતો. ઉપરાતં, તમામ કેસોમા,ં PM2.5 નુ ં સ્તર 60 μg / m3 ની અનરુૂપ સ્વીકૃત

મયાાદામા ંહત ુ.ં તેમજ PM10 સ્તર અનરુૂપ અનમુપ્રત મયાાદામા ં100 μg / m3 as પ્રનપ્રિત NAAQS

ની અંદર હતા.

➢ પાણી પર્ાયવરણ (Water Environment) : -


xxxii | P a g e

• સપાટીનુાં પાણી: ગામ પઢર ખાતે સપાટી પરના પાણી માટે પી.એ . (PH) 7.73 છે અને

ગામ કુક્મામા ંસપાટીનુ ંપીએ (PH) 7.4 છે. 1619-1719 mg/l કુલ ઓગળેલ ઘન પ્રવપ્રવધ,

ગ્રામ કુક્મામા ં18 mg/l અન ેગ્રામ પધરમા ં20 mg/l વચ્ ે મળી આવ્યો, ક્લોરાઇડને અનિુમે

499 mg/l અને 487 mg/l મળી આવ્યો. તેની તલુનામા,ં ગામ પધરમા ંસફુ્ટે (SO4)

ઉચ્ તર જોવા મળી છે એટલ ેકે 147 એમજી / એલ અને નાઈિેટ (NO3) ગામ કુક્મા મા ં

ઉચ્ તર જોવા મળી છે એટલ ેકે 1.19 mg/l.

• ભગૂર્ય જળ: પ્રવશ્લેિણના પક્રરણામો અનિુમે 7.63 થી 7.75, ગામ કુક્મા અને ગામ લાખોંદ

વચ્ ે પીએ રે્જ દશાાવે છે. કુલ કક્રઠનતા 297 થી 598 mg/l સધુીની હોવાનુ ંજણાયુ ંહત ુ.ં

ક્લોરાઇડ 230.2 થી 458.68 mg/l ની શ્રેણીમા ંજોવા મળ્યુ ંહત ુ.ં

➢ માટી પર્ાયવરણ(Soil Environment) : - A. માટી પ્રસતરિર્ા (PH): પીએ નુ ંપોિણ મહત્વ સચ ત્ર છે, તેથી હાઈડ્રોજન આયન સારંતા

માત્ર પોિક તત્ત્વોની રાવ્યતા પર જ નહીં પરંત ુસપુ્રવધા દ્વારા પણ, જેના દ્વારા આ પોિક

તત્ત્વો છોડ દ્વારા શોિાય છે, તે પહલેાથી જ માટી ઉકેલ માટે છે. Fe,Mn and Zn ઓછ ં

થઈ જાય છે કારણકે પીએ 6.9 થી 8.62 સધુી વધે છે અને સ ૂવે છે કે માટી સહજે

આલ્કલાઇન છે.

B. સવદ્યતુ વાહકતા (EC): જમીનની મીઠું સામગ્રી EC માપણી દ્વારા અંદાજ છે, અને સામા્ય

અથવા sodic (ખારા) તરીકે જમીન ર ના કરવા માટે ઉપયોગી છે. પ્રવદ્યતુ વાહકતા 25

° સે, અથવા µmhos/cm પર μmhos/cm તરીકે વ્યક્ત કરવામા ંઆવે છે. આઠ માટીના

નમનૂાઓનુ ંEC 2.69 to 3.89 μmhos/cm ની વચ્ ે હોય છે અને તે ખારા અથવા મીઠાન ે

અસરગ્રસ્ત કહવેાય છે અને તેથી પાકની વદૃ્ધદ્ધ માટે માટી સામા્ય છે.

➢ અવાજ પર્ાયવરણ (Noise Environment) : - એવુ ંજોવામા ંઆવ્યુ ંહત ુ ંકે ક્રદવસના સમય અને

રાતના સમયે અવાજ સ્તર બનંે ઇચ્છનીય મયાાદાની અંદર જોવા મળે છે.

• બાર્ોલોજીકલ પર્ાયવરણ (Biological Environment) : -


xxxiii | P a g e

➢ પાકોના િકાર, ફ્લોરલ અને ફીનલ ડાયવપ્રસિટી, લપુ્તિાયઃ િજાપ્રત વગેરેના ોક્કસ સદંભા સાથ ે

સીઇટીપીની આજુબાજુના ં જૈપ્રવક વાતાવરણનુ ં (Biological Environment) વણાન કરવા 10

ક્રક.મીના અભ્યાસના પ્રવસ્તારની (Study area) અંદર પ્રવગતવાર અભ્યાસ હાથ ધરવામા ંઆવ્યો

છે.

➢ િોજેક્ટ સાઇટમાથંી 10 ક્રકલોમીટરના બફર ઝોનની સીમા સાથે નેશનલ પાકાસ, વ્યજીવન

અભયારણ્ય, અનામત અને સરંચક્ષત જગંલો નથી.

➢ ફ્લોરા અને િાણીસનૃષ્ટ્ટની સચૂ અધ્યાય -3 મા ંસામેલ કરવામા ંઆવી છે.

• સોસાર્ટી-ઇકોનોસમક એન્વાર્નયમેન્ટ (Socio-Economical Environment) : - 22 ગામોમા ંકુલ ઘરેલુ ં6,550 છે અને કુલ વસ્તી 30,036 છે. જેમા ંપરુૂિ વસ્તી 51% છે અન ે

સ્ત્રીની વસતી 48.88% છે. કુક્મા સૌથી વધ ુવસ્તી ધરાવે છે ત્યારબાદ પઢાર અને ભજુોક્રડ અન ે

નવા વાસની વસ્તી ત્યારબાદ વવડી, 21 લોકોની માત્ર 3 પક્રરવારો છે.

સાક્ષરતા દર લગભગ 61% છે, જે સમગ્ર રાજયના આંકડા કરતા ંનોંધપાત્ર રીતે ની ો છે જે 79.31%. અનસુચૂ ત જાપ્રતની વસ્તી 15.17% છે. આ ગામડાઓમા ંમળેલ સપુ્રનપ્રિત જનજાપ્રતનુ ંસમદુાય માત્ર 0.72% ઓછ ંછે. ત્યા ંકેટલાક ગામો છે જયા ંકોઈ સચૂ જાપ્રત અથવા સચૂ આક્રદજાપ્રત વસ્તી નથી. વસ્તી, છ વિાની ની ે14.74% છે. કુલ કામ કરતા લોકોની સખં્યા 34.97% છે. વસ્તીને ગણવામા ંઆવે છે કે મખુ્ય કાયાકર 31% છે અને ચબન કાયાકર 65% છે, જયારે અભ્યાસ પ્રવસ્તારની અંદર મધ્યવતી કાયાકરો 3.94% ગણાય છે.

• જમીન ઉપર્ોગનો પેટનય (Landuse Pattern) : -

➢ લે્ડ યઝુ પેટનાના અભ્યાસ માટે સચૂ ત સાઇટના 10 ક્રક.મી.ના પ્રત્રજયામા ંઆવેલા ગામો લે્ડ યઝુ પેટનાના અભ્યાસ માટે ગણવામા ંઆવે છે.

➢ લે્ડ યઝુ પેટના દશાાવે છે કે અભ્યાસના પ્રવસ્તારની 29.63% જમીન કૃપ્રિ જમીન છે. જયા ચબલ્ટ અપ લે્ડ 4.57% છે, ફોલો લે્ડ 36.91% છે, ખાણ ક્ષેત્રનો પ્રવસ્તાર 1.78% છે, જળ શણગાર 0.71% છે, જગંલ પ્રવસ્તાર / ટેકરી / ઝાડીઓ 26.7% છે.


xxxiv | P a g e

• અસર આકારણી (Impact Assessments): - િવક્તા દ્વારા િદાન કરેલ િોજેક્ટ ક્રડઝાઇન

પ્રવગતોના આધારે હાલના પયાાવરણીય પક્રરક્સ્થપ્રતનુ ંવણાન કરવા અન ે ToR ની જરૂક્રરયાતોન ેસતંોિવા માટે એકપ્રત્રત કરવામા ંઆવેલી માક્રહતી, અસરની ઓળખ અને આકારણી કરવામા ંઆવી છે.

• EMP માટેના બજેટની જોગવાઈઓ (Budgetory provisions for EMP): - પયાાવરણીય સ ંાલન

યોજનાઓના અમલીકરણ માટે મેનેજમે્ટ દ્વારા પરૂતા અંદાજપત્રીય જોગવાઈઓ કરવામા ંઆવી છે. પયાાવરણીય િદૂિણ પ્રનયતં્રણના પગલાનંી કુલ મડૂીનો ખ ા રૂ. 11 લાખ અને ક્રરકક્રરિંગ ખ ા વાપ્રિિક રૂ. 3 લાખ હશ.ે િદૂિણ પ્રનયતં્રણ / પ્રનરીક્ષણ સાધનો; િદૂિણ પ્રનયતં્રણ સપુ્રવધાઓનુ ંસ ંાલન અને જાળવણી, ગ્રીનબેલ્ટ પ્રવકાસ અને જાળવણી. માટે બજેટનુ ંઆયોજન.

િમ નાં. પ્રવસૃત્ત કેસપટલ કોસ્ટ (રૂ. લાખ)

સાંચાલન ખચય (રૂ. લાખ / વિયમાાં)

1. વાય ુિદૂિણ પ્રનયતં્રણના ંપગલા ં 1.5 0.5 2. ઘન / જોખમી વેસ્ટ મેનેજમે્ટ 2 1 3. ગ્રીન બેલ્ટ ડેવલપમે્ટ -- 0.5 4. વ્યવસાય આરોગ્ય અને સલામતી 0.5 0.2 5. એકમ્બય્ટ એર, માટી, ઘોંઘાટ, પાણીની

ગણુવિાની દેખરેખ, લેબોરેટરી સાધનો વગેરે.

7 0.8

કુલ 11 3

• કોપોરેટ સામાજજક જવાબદારી (Corporate Social Responsibility) : - કોપોરેટ સામાર્જજક જવાબદારીના ભાગરૂપ,ે સામાર્જજક પ્રવકાસમા ંયોગદાન તરીકે તેના બજેટન ે

અમલમા ંમકૂવા માટે ગણવામા ંઆવે છે.

િમ નાં. પ્રવસૃત્ત સવગતો કુલ રકમ (લાખમાાં)


xxxv | P a g e

1. હલે્થ કેર ેકઅપ કામદારો અને નજીકના ગ્રામવાસીઓ માટે આરોગ્ય સભંાળ તપાસ

0.5

2. શાળાઓનો પ્રવકાસ

જરૂરી જાળવણી 0.5

કુલ 1 નોંધ: કંપની સીએસઆર માટે રૂ. 1 લાખ કરશે. આ ફંડનો ઉપયોગ 3 વિા સધુીમા ંકરવામા ંઆવશે.

• સનરીક્ષણો અને સમાપન (Observations & Conclusions) : - (અ) પાણી (Water) :

➢ આ પ્લા્ટમા ંશારીક્રરક, રાસાયચણક, જૈપ્રવક, પરંપરાગત ગાળણ અને તતૃીયાશં સારવાર

એકમ સાથે ક રા હે્ ડચલિંગ સપુ્રવધા ધરાવતી સારવાર હશ.ે

➢ પયાાવરણપ્રમત્ર એવી વ્યવસ્થાને પહોં ી વળવા માટે બાગાયત અને કૃપ્રિ હતે ુમાટે સારવાર

કરેલ પાણીનો ઉપયોગ કરવામા ંઆવશે.

(બ) હવા (Air) :

➢ બાધંકામ અને ઉત્સર્જન દરપ્રમયાન ડસ્ટ િદૂિણ પ્રનયપં્રત્રત કરવામા ં આવશે, પાવરની

પ્રનષ્ટ્ફળતાના ક્રકસ્સામા ંડીજી સેટનો ઓપરેશન હશે.

(ક) જમીન (Land) :

➢ ભપૂ્રમગત પેટનામા ં ફેરફાર જમીનના કોઈ પણ હાજર અને / અથવા ભપ્રવષ્ટ્યના ઉપયોગ સાથ ે

સઘંિામા ંનથી.

➢ ઓવરબડા અને બાધંકામના ક રાના બાધંકામમા ં શક્ય તેટલી વહલેી તકે પનુ: ઉપયોગ

કરવામા ંઆવશે અને િોજેક્ટ સાઇટની ભપૂ્રમ-સ્કાપ્રપિંગ દરપ્રમયાન ભરીને જમીન.

(ડ) બાર્ોલોજજકલ (Biological):

➢ અભ્યાસ પ્રવસ્તારમા ં કોઈ સચૂ ત ઇકોલોજીકલ સવંેદનશીલ સ્થળો, સ્થળાતંક્રરત પાથ,

અભયારણ્ય વગેરે નથી.


xxxvi | P a g e

➢ િસ્તાપ્રવત યોજના કોઈ પણ સ્થાપ્રનક િાણીસનૃષ્ટ્ટની િજાપ્રતઓના પ્રવનાશ અથવા પ્રવસ્થાપનની

કલ્પના કરત ુ ંનથી.

➢ સીઇટીપીની આસપાસ ગ્રીન બેલ્ટ / પ્લા્ટેશન પ્રવકસાવવામા ંઆવશે.

• વ્ર્વસાર્ આરોગ્ર્ અને સલામતી (Occupational health & safety):

➢ સીઇટીપીના સ ંાલનમા ંચનૂો, ફેરસ સલ્ફેટ, પોલી ઇલેક્િોલાઈટ, યકુ્રરયા, ડીએપી વગેરે જેવા

કેપ્રમકલ્સનો હે્ ડચલિંગ અને ઉપયોગનો સમાવેશ થાય છે. કામદારોની સલામતીથી સરુક્ષા

બાબતોન ેઆમપં્રત્રત કરવામા ંઆવે છે.

**********


xxxvii | P a g e

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION


1 | P a g e

1 Introduction

Background

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and

mitigating the biophysical, social, and other relevant effects of development proposals prior to

major decisions being taken and commitments made. These studies integrate the environmental

concerns of developmental activities in to the process of decision-making. In order to minimize

environmental pollution due to the small and medium-scale textile units, cleaner production

technologies and formation of waste minimization circles are being encouraged in India.

Besides, collective treatment at a centralized facility, known as the CETP is considered as a

viable treatment solution, to overcome the constraints associated with effluent treatment in small

to medium enterprises.

The concept of CETP has been adopted to achieve end-of-pipe treatment of combined effluent

to avail the benefit of scale of operation. In addition, the CETP also facilitates in reduction of

number of discharge points in an industrial estate for better enforcement and to make the skilled

man power available for proper treatment of effluent.

Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS) is the proponent agency and has applied for

obtaining Environment Clearance (EC) for the proposed CETP at Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster

from State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat.

Category of The Project





Purpose of EIA

The purpose of the EIA study is to analyze the effluent handling facility at proposed Common

Effluent Treatment Plant on issues such as effluent generation, air emissions and hazardous

waste generation, control measures to reduce the pollution and to delineate a comprehensive

environment management plan along with recommendations in proposed environment

management system.

Objectives of EIA

The main objectives of the study are:

➢ To assess the background environmental status in and around project site.

➢ To identify potential sources of pollution.

➢ To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control measures

taken.

➢ To prepare a comprehensive Environment and Disaster Management Plan.

Scope of the EIA

The study envisages characterization of the existing status of physical environment such as air,

water, soil, land use, meteorology, socio-economic and heritage etc., as well as biological

environment such as flora and fauna of the study area of 10 km radius and quantifying impacts


2 | P a g e

on the environmental parameters. Based on the baseline data, EIA evaluates the proposed

control measures by the project, prepares an environment management plan, outlining

additional proposed activities, and delineates the requirements of environmental monitoring

program. EIA-EMP report covers the following aspects: -

Evaluation of present environmental factors through analysis of generated and collected

baseline data for one complete non-monsoon season (3 months).

Assess the probable impact on the environmental factors due to implementation of the project

with respect to existing scenario.

Analyze the predicted impact with respect to the regulatory environmental standards.

The baseline data has been collected for the following environmental components, during period

Mid- September 2017 to Mid-December 2017.

Need for the Project

The area has small units of dyeing. These units generate effluent. As there is no CETP in the

area, the effluent is being disposed off in an unscientific manner. Hence the proposed project

will cater the need of the units with upcoming CETP facility in the area.

Advantages of CETP

➢ ̇Facilitates ‘economy of scale’ in waste treatment, thereby reducing the cost of pollution

abatement.

➢ ̇CETP can be planned in advance to ensure that adequate space is available including

plans for expansion in future.

➢ ̇homogenization of wastewater.

➢ ̇relatively better hydraulic stability.

➢ ̇professional control over treatment can be affordable.

➢ ̇facilitates small scale units, which often can not internalize the externalities due to

control of pollution

➢ ̇eliminates multiple discharges in the area, provides opportunity for better enforcement

i.e., proper treatment and disposal

➢ ̇provides opportunity to improve the recycling and reuse possibilities.

➢ ̇facilitates better organization of treated effluent and sludge disposal etc.

Approach of the EIA Study

Based on approved TOR vide letter no. SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/7(h)/851/2017 dated 28.09.2017 as

approved in the 340th

meeting of SEAC Gujarat held on 16.08.2017. The EIA study aims to

incorporate the below mentioned features:

Focus on describing proposed effluent treatment facility and the existing environmental

conditions with regards to the identified environmental attributes based on the information

gathered, which are likely to be impacted. For the purpose, the relevant baseline data has been

collected as per the MoEF guidelines.

Identification, prediction and evaluation of the likely impacts. Anticipated environmental impacts

require specific studies for significance as given in impact matrix (Chapter 4). Tools as given in

the manual may be used for the assessment of environmental impacts. The baseline information


3 | P a g e

provides a datum for prediction and evaluation of the impacts. Also, analysis of alternate

resources and technologies has been carried out.

Environmental Monitoring Program and Health & Safety aspects of the proposed project.

Environment Management Plan which highlights the mitigation measures necessary for

preventing and/or minimizing the identified adverse impacts, project benefits and summary and

conclusion.

Details of The Project Proponent

Project Type: Common Effluent Treatment Plant

Project Capacity: 150 KLD

Project Location: Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster.

Details of the Project Proponent

Proponent Name: Dr. Ismail Mohmed Khatri

Proponent Agency: Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS)

Proponent Agency Address: Ajrakhpur Paddhar, Post: Kukma, 370105. Tal- Bhuj District

-Kachchh, State- Gujarat, India.

Trust Regd No: F/1178/ Kutch.GUJ/1002/Kutch.Dt.16-8-2004.

The proposed project location is shown in the figure 1-1:


4 | P a g e

Figure 1-1: Location of the proposed CETP project.


5 | P a g e

Structure of the EIA report:

The entire EIA report has been prepared in line with generic structure of EIA document as annexed in

EIA Notification, 2006:

Chapter 1: Introduction: This chapter describes the Purpose of the project, Identification of project &

project proponent, Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region, Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping carried out (As per Terms of

Reference)

Chapter 2: Project Description (Based on pre-feasibility Report): This chapter includes Type of project,

Need for the project, Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary &

project site layout), Size or magnitude of operation (including associated activities required by or for the

project, Proposed schedule for approval and implementation, Technology and process description,

Project description (Including drawings showing project layout, components of project etc. Schematic

representations of the feasibility drawings which give information important for EIA purpose), Description

of mitigation measures incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards, environmental

operating conditions, or other EIA requirements (as required by the scope), Assessment of New &

untested technology for the risk of technological failure

Chapter3: Description of the Environment: It covers Study area, period, components & methodology,

Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as identified in the scope, Base maps

of all environmental components.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures: It includes Details of Investigated

Environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project design, project construction,

regular operations, final decommissioning or rehabilitation of a completed project, Measures for

minimizing and / or offsetting adverse impacts identified, Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of

environmental components, Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria for determining

significance, Assigning significance) and Mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site): In case if scoping includes any alternative then

it includes description of each alternative, Summary of adverse impacts of each alternative, Mitigation

measures proposed for each alternative and Selection of alternative.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program: This chapter covers technical aspects of monitoring the

effectiveness of mitigation measures (including Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, and

data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, detailed budget & procurement

schedules).

Chapter 7: Risk Assessment and additional Studies: This chapter includes Public Consultation, Risk

assessment, Social Impact Assessment and Rehabilitation & Resettlement Action Plans.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits: This chapter describes the benefits coming from the project in terms of

improvements in the physical and social infrastructure, employment potential –skilled, semi-skilled and

unskilled and other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost & Benefit Analysis: This chapter describes if recommended at the

Scoping stage.


6 | P a g e

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan: This chapter describes the administrative aspects of

ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented and their effectiveness monitored after approval of

the EIA.

Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion: It includes overall justification for implementation of the project

and Explanation of how, adverse effects have been mitigated

Chapter 12: Disclosure of consultants Engaged: The names of the Consultants engaged with their brief

resume and nature of Consultancy rendered.

Compliance of TOR

The Compliance of the TOR conditions are given below

Table 1-1: Compliance of TOR

SR.

NO. TOR POINTS COMPLIANCE

1. Executive summary of the project – giving a

prima facie idea of the objectives of the

proposal, use of resources, justification, etc. In

addition, it should provide a compilation of EIA

report, including EMP and post project

monitoring plan in brief. Need for the proposed

CETP shall be justified in detail.

The Executive Summary of project is given

on Page No. XXII.

2. Legal undertaking that member industries of

proposed CETP will be textile processing units,

yarn dyeing units, weaving units or allied textile

units only and will not have any other chemical

synthesis or pharmaceutical industries.

Legal undertaking is attached along as

Annexure II.

3. Land possession documents and NA

permission letter.

Land Registration documents are attached

as Annexure I.

4. Land requirement for the project including its

break up for various purposes, its availability

and optimization.

The area proposed for establishing the CETP

plant is 1102.5 sq.m. The land area details

are given in Table 2-2 of Chapter 2.

5. Details of proposed layout clearly demarcating

various units within the plant.

Layout demarcating various units within the

plant is given in

Figure 2-5 of Chapter 2 and attached as

Drawing 1.

6. Complete process flow diagram describing

each unit, its processes and operations, along

with material and energy inputs and outputs

(material and energy balance).

The treatment scheme is given in Section 2.5

of Chapter 2. The hydaullic flow diagram is

attached as Drawing 2.

7. Undertaking stating that a separate electric

meter will be provided for the waste water

treatment system.

Legal undertaking is attached along as

Annexure III.


7 | P a g e

8. Economical and technical viability of the

effluent treatment system.

Detailed in section 2.2 of Chapter 2.

9. Action plan for complete Zero Liquid discharge

(ZLD).

The details of the treated water utilization are

given in the Section 2.12 of Chapter 2.

10. Details of the industries for which CETP facility

is proposed including raw materials used and

products manufactured.

The list of the member units for the proposed

CETP are given in the Table 2-8 of the

Chapter 2.

The consumption of Raw materials with its

quantity is detailed in Table 2-11 of Chapter

2.

11. Assessment of source of the water supply with

adequacy of the same to meet with the

requirements for the CETP. Permission

obtained from the concerned authority for

supply of water.

The water will be sourced from proposed

borewell (1 No.) at site. The receipt of the

application seeking permission for

abstraction of groundwater was submitted at

CGWB office, Ahmedabad is attached as

Annexure V.

12. Expected quantity of sewage & wastewater

from each industry and justification for selecting

the proposed capacity of the treatment

plant/modules. Measures to prevent flooding of

the CETP in the rainy season.

The effluent generation details and

justification of selecting the proposed

capacity is given in the Section 2.8.4 of the

Chapter 2.

Storm Water collection system is given in

Section 10.10 of the Chapter 10.

13. Details of member industries (name & address),

their location, distance from CETP (Map),

products & raw material details of each

member units etc.

The list of the member units for the proposed

CETP are given in Table 2-3 under Section

2.8.1 of the Chapter 2.

14. Characteristics of effluent and proposed

scheme for segregation of streams from

individual member industries.

The Characteristics of the effluents are given

in section 2.8.5 of Chapter 2.

15. Details of mode of effluent collection system

either by tankers and/or pipeline, etc., or

proposed trouble-shooting mechanism.

Monitoring protocol for collection of effluent.

The effluent will be collected through a

pipeline system. The details are given in

Section 2.8.8 of the Chapter 2.

The layout showing pipeline distribution

system at Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster

area is shown in Figure 2-8 and attached as

Drawing 2.

16. Details on physical, chemical and biological

characteristics of the combined effluent and its

concentrations and the basis for the same.

The Characteristics of the effluents are given

in section 2.8.5 of Chapter 2.

17. Details of equalization tank at least for 24 hrs;

and guard ponds for holding treated

Details on the equalization are given in the

Section 2.10 of the Chapter 2.


8 | P a g e

wastewater or continuous monitoring facilities,

if any.

18. Details on improved technologies. Details of the

proposed treatment schemes supported by the

treatability studies including source separation

of streams for specific mode of collection and

treatment either at individual industry or at

CETP (based on economic and operational

ease considerations).

The treatment scheme is given in Section 2.9

of Chapter 2. The hydraulic flow diagram is


19. Built-in flexibility provisions to deal with

quantitative and qualitative fluctuations.

The details are given in Section 2.7 of

Chapter 2.

20. Organizational setup for collection of pre-

treated effluents, treatment and disposal of the

treated effluents, etc. and deployment of

qualified/skilled man power.

The organizational setup is detailed in the

Section 10.18 of Chapter 10.

21. Details of O&M for maximum utilization of the

designed capacity of the plant.

Detailed in Section 10.2 of Chapter 10.

22. Proposed monitoring protocol for stage-wise

quality control w.r.t. various characteristics and

maintenance schedules followed for all rotating

equipment including lubricating/oil fill,

operational chemicals and laboratory

chemicals.

Online monitoring will be installed to monitor

stage wise quality control w.r.t various

equipments.

23. For any sensitive environmental parameters

such as heavy metals, fluorides, etc., details on

improved material of construction of tanks and

other equipments such as corrosion resistance,

allowance, etc.

No heavy metal is detected during the

baseline monitoring. Hence no such impact

is envisaged.

24. Details of power consumption and stand-by

arrangements like the diesel generator (DG)

sets, dual fuel (gas and oil) for uninterrupted

operation of treatment plant. Protocol and

mechanism to accept the effluent including the

adequacy of the receiving/holding tanks, etc.

The power required for the project is 40KW

to be sourced from Paschim Gujarat Vij

Company Limited (PGVCL).

A DG set of 10KVA is proposed at site as a

backup during power failure.

25. Impact of the project on local infrastructure of

the study area such as road network, etc. If the

study area requires any additional

infrastructure, details of the agency responsible

for the same should be included along with the

time frame.

Anticipated impacts from the proposed

project are given in Chapter 4.

26. Details of laboratory, workshop, database,

library, waste exchange centers, etc. in CETP

The Layout is shown in Figure 2-5 and


27. Availability of the land for proposed treatment

for ultimate capacity and to accommodate

required greenbelt development.

The area proposed for establishing the CETP

plant is 1102.5 sq.m.

The green area development is given in



9 | P a g e

28. Details of the proposed methods of water

conservation and recharging.

Rainwater recharging scheme is given in


29. Management plan for solid/hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilization and disposal.

The Management for solid/hazardous waste

is given in Section 2.13 of Chapter 2.

30. Detailed plan of treated wastewater disposal/

reuse/utilization/management.

The details of the treated wastewater

disposal are given in Section 2.12 of Chapter

2.

31. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such

as sanitation, fuel storage, restroom, etc. to the

workers during construction and operation

phase.

Infrastructure facilities are clearly

demarcated in the layout shown in figure 2-5

in Chapter 2.

32. Disciplinary policy of CETP. The Disciplinary policy of CETP is attached

as Annexure VI.

33. Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of

preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE,

manufacturing utility staff for safety related

measures.

Detailed in the Chapter 7.

34. Detailed five year greenbelt development

program including annual budget, planning

schedule, species, width of plantations,

number of trees to be planted, area under

green belt development [with map], budgetary

outlay etc. along with commitment of the

management to carry out the tree plantation

activities outside the premises at appropriate

places in the nearby areas and elsewhere.

The details are given in the Section 3.15 of

Chapter 3.

35. Action plan for the greenbelt development –

species, width of plantations, planning

schedule, etc., in accordance to CPCB

published guidelines


Chapter 3.

36. The study area shall be up to a distance of 10

km from the boundary of the proposed site and

all along the collection network/route map of

effluent conveyance, treated wastewater

carrying pipe line and the receiving

environment at the point of disposal.

The study area is taken 10km radius from the

project site. The details of the environment

are given in the Chapter 3.

37. Location of the project site and nearest habitats

with distances from the project site to be

demarcated on a toposheet (1: 50000 scale).

The project site location and nearest existing

habitats are marked on Toposheet No

(1:50000 scale) shown in Figure 2-3 of the

Chapter 2.

38. Landuse based on satellite imagery including

location specific sensitivities such as national

parks / wildlife sanctuary, villages, industries,

etc. for the study area.

Land use map based on Satellite image is

shown in Figure 3-2 & Figure 3-3 of the

Chapter 3.

39. Demography details of all the villages falling


The demographic details of Ajrakhpur area

are given in Section 3.17 of Chapter 3.


10 | P a g e

40. Topography details of the project area. The topography details of the project area is

given in Section 3.4 of Chapter 3

41. The baseline data to be collected from the

study area w. r. t. different components of

environment viz. air, noise, water, land, and

biology and socio-economic. Actual monitoring

of baseline environmental components shall be

strictly according to the parameters prescribed

in the ToR after considering the proposed

coverage of parameters by the proponent in

draft ToR and shall commence after finalization

of ToR by the competent Authority.

The baseline monitoring was conducting

during the period (Mid Sept 2017 to Mid Dec

2017).

The monitoring results of the study area are

given in Section 3.8 of Chapter 3 and is

attached as Annexure VII.

42. One season Site-specific micro-meteorological

data using temperature, relative humidity,

hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall

should be incorporated.


43. Anticipated environmental impacts due to the

proposed project/production may be evaluated

for significance and based on corresponding

likely impacts VECs (Valued Environmental

Components) may be identified. Baseline

studies may be conducted within the study area

of 10 km for all the concerned/identified VECs

and likely impacts will have to be assessed for

their magnitude in order to identify mitigation

measures.

Anticipated Environment Impacts & their

Mitigation measures are detailed in Chapter

4.

44. One complete season base line ambient air

quality data (except monsoon) to be given

along with the dates of monitoring. The

parameters to be covered shall be in

accordance with the revised National Ambient

Air Quality Standards as well as project specific

parameters. Locations of the monitoring

stations should be so decided so as to take into

consideration the pre-dominant downwind

direction, population zone and sensitive

receptors. There should be at least one

monitoring station in the upwind direction.

There should be at least one monitoring station

in the pre dominant downwind direction at a

location where maximum ground level

concentration is likely to occur.

The baseline monitoring was conducting

during the period (Mid Sept 2017 to Mid Dec

2017).

The monitoring results of the study area are

given in Section 3.8 of Chapter 3 and is


45. Base lines status of the noise environment,

impact of noise on present environment due to

the project and proposed measures for noise

reduction including engineering controls.

Noise environment at the project site and

other selected locations are found within the

permissible limits.


11 | P a g e

Noise monitoring results are given in Section

3.11 of Chapter 3 and Monitoring reports are


46. Geological features and geo-hydrological

status of the study area.

Geotechnical investigation report is attached

as Annexure VIII.

Geohydrological status of the report is given

in Section 3.12 of Chapter 3.

47. Percolation rate of the land and justification for

available land for gardening plantation.

Percolation rate of the soil is given in section

3.13 of the Chapter 3.

48. Surface water quality of nearby water sources

and other surface drains.

Surface water quality is given in Section 3.9.3

of the Chapter 3.

49. Details on ground water quality. Ground water quality is given in Section 3.9.4

of Chapter 3.

50. Details on existing ambient air quality and

expected, stack and fugitive emissions for

PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, VOCs*, carbon oxides

(CO and CO2) etc., and evaluation of the

adequacy of the proposed pollution control

devices to meet standards for point sources

and to meet AAQ standards. (* - As applicable).


51. Ecological status of the study area such as

habitat type and quality, species, diversity,

rarity, fragmentation, ecological linkage, age,

abundance etc.

Ecological status of the study area is given in


52. Anticipated generic environmental impacts due

to this project, which may be evaluated for

significance and based on corresponding likely

impacts VECs may be identified. Baseline

studies may be conducted for all the concerned

VECs and likely impacts will have to be

assessed for their magnitude in order to identify

mitigation measures.

Anticipated impacts and its mitigation

measures are given in Chapter 4.

53. Modelling indicating the likely impact on

ambient air quality due to proposed activities.

The details of model used and input parameters

used for modeling should be provided. The air

quality contours may be shown on location map

clearly indicating the location of sensitive

receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind

rose showing pre-dominant wind direction

should also be indicated on the map. Impact

due to vehicular movement shall also be

included into the prediction using suitable

model. Results of Air dispersion modeling

should be superimposed on satellite Image /

geographical area map.

Wind rose is prepared based on the site

specific micro meteorological data. The wind

rose diagram is given


12 | P a g e

54. Action plan for the greenbelt development –

species, width of plantations, planning

schedule etc. in accordance to CPCB

published guidelines.


55. In case of likely impact from the proposed

project on the surrounding reserve forests, Plan

for the conservation of wild fauna in

consultation with the State Forest Department.

Detailed in Section 3.14 of Chapter 3 and

attached along as Annexure IX

56. Identify the mitigation measures based on

source control and treatment.

Details are given in Chapter 4.

57. Details in case, if the effluent conveyance

system uses pipe lines, details regarding

minimum (one day) storage tank with mixing

facility to keep it in aerobic conditions at source

industry and mechanism to ensure compliance

with prescribed standards at this storage tank.

Effluent Conveyance system is detailed in

Section 2.8.8 of Chapter 2.

58. Details regarding soil and groundwater impacts

and regular monitoring protocols suggested for

ensuring no significant impacts, besides

preventive measures.

Details on groundwater and soil impacts are

given in section 4.4 and Section 4.5 of

Chapter 4

59. Impacts due to laying of pipe lines for effluent

collection and for the reuse of the treated

wastewaters.


60. Details of storm water collection network and

utilization plan, etc.

Details are given in section 10.10 of chapter

10.

61. Proposed measures for occupational safety

and health of the workers.

Details are given in Section 7.6.7 of Chapter

7

62. Monitoring programme for pollution control at

source.

Details are given in Chapter 6.

63. Action plan by the CETP to guide their member

industries through continuous vigilant

monitoring of member industries, guidance &

training programmes so as to meet CETP inlet

norms/quality.

The details are given in Section 6.8 of

Chapter 6.

64. Monitoring pollutants at receiving environment

for the appropriate notified parameters – air

quality, groundwater, surface water, etc. during

operational phase of the project

The details are given in Table 6-2 of Chapter

6.

65. Specific programme to monitor safety and

health protection of workers.

Detailed in the Chapter 7

66. Appropriate monitoring network has to be

designed and proposed, to assess the possible

residual impacts on VECs.

The monitoring stations proposed are given

in Chapter 3.

67. Details on risk assessment and damage control

during different phases of the project and

proposed safeguard measures.

The Risk assessment is detailed in Section

7.2 of Chapter 7.


13 | P a g e

68. Details on socio-economic development

activities such as commercial property values,

generation of jobs, education, social conflicts,

cultural status, accidents, etc.

The socio-economic details are given in the

Section 3.16 of Chapter 3. Socioeconomic

development is detailed in Chapter 8.

Corporate Social Responsibility is detailed in


69. Proposed plan to handle the socio-economic

influence on the local community. The plan

should include quantitative dimension as far as

possible.

Detailed in chapter 8.

70. A tabular chart for the issues raised and

addressed during public hearing/consultation

and commitment of the project proponent on

the same should be provided. An action plan to

address the issues raised during public hearing

and the necessary allocation of funds for the

same should be provided.

To be conducted.

71. Administrative and technical organizational

structure to ensure proposed post-project

monitoring programme for approved mitigation

measures.

Hierarchical structure of the organization is

given in Section 10.18 of Chapter 8

72. EMP devised to mitigate the adverse impacts of

the project should be provided along with item

wise cost of its implementation (capital and

recurring costs).

The Environmental Management Plan is

given in Chapter 10. Budget allocation of the

environment management plan is given in

table 10-4 of the Chapter 10.

73. Allocation of resources and responsibilities for

plan implementation.


Chapter 7.

74. Details of the emergency preparedness plan

and on-site and off-site disaster management

plan.

Emergency preparedness plan is given in


75. Certificate of accreditation issued by the

NABET, QCI to the environmental consultant

should be incorporated in the EIA Report.

Consultant Details are:

Shivalik Solid Waste Management Limited,

located at SCO 20-21, 2nd

Floor, Near Hotel

Dolphin, Dhakoli, Zirakpur, Punjab, is the

NABET accredited consultant for the project.

The Certificate issued by QCI/NABET bears

no. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0040 dated

28.03.2017 which is valid upto 16.02.2019.

As per the information available on MoEF

portal, SSWML is listed in Accredited EIA

consultant organizations (ACOs) on Rev.59

dated November 16, 2017

Complete Details of consultant organization

are given in Chapter 12: Disclosure of

Consultants Engaged.

QCI NABET Certificate is given on Page No:

X


14 | P a g e

76. An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the

ownership of the EIA report as per the

MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an

undertaking by the Consultant regarding the

prescribed TORs have been complied with and

the data submitted is factually correct as per

the MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009.

(Compliance of OM dated 05/10/2011 &

04/08/2009).

The undertaking is enclosed above on page

number XII.

77. Above points shall be adequately addressed in

the EIA report at corresponding chapters.

Complied. The above points have been

incorporated in the relevant chapters

accordingly.

78. A tabular chart with index for point-wise

compliance of above.

Complied.


15 | P a g e

CHAPTER 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION


16 | P a g e

2 Project Description

Introduction- Type of Project

The textile sector has a paramount role in the industrial development of our country. Among

various sub-sectors, Small Scale Industries (SSI) renders a massive support in the above

development. Government actively promotes growth of SSI units to induce a balanced economic

growth and distribute the benefits of industrial development in an equitable manner. The ‘Ajrakh’

block printing style is a traditional art & cultural heritage of Kutch. Government has taken initiative

to conserve and protect the artisans through development of different infrastructure facilities to

promote and boost up the textile activity in that locality.


effluent creates surface water contamination and diminishes the supply of good quality water

which is a major concern in Kutch. Therefore, treatment as well as reuse or recycling of water

through effective Environmental Management System is a major exercise sought-after for this

cluster - famous for several centuries.

SSI units generally find it difficult to establish and operate individual Effluent Treatment Plant

(ETP) due to their limited plot size and scale of operations. However, SSI units when located in

industrial clusters/estates; the concept of Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) for the entire

effluent generated from the industrial activity has been developed to achieve satisfactory

treatment through their collective efforts. The monitoring and enforcing a CETP as a single

polluting source also becomes easier for regulatory agencies as compared to monitoring a large

number of SSI units individually.



initiated Ajrakhpur is worldwide known for the art of Ajrakh Block Printing Style. Mostly natural

dyes are used in dyeing & printing which includes a mixture of camel dung, soda ash and castor

oil, waste iron, myrobalan, madder, indigo, pomegranate peel boiled in water, sprays of turmeric

water, root of rhubarb etc. These blocks printing styles are century old traditions being followed

till date. To preserve the India’s traditional handicrafts, Ministry of Textile, Govt. of India through

Handicraft Mega Cluster Mission (HMCM) has taken initiative and approached NITRA for

establishment of CETP in Ajrakhpur Industrial Cluster. The layout plan of Ajrakhpur Block Printing

cluster is shown in Figure 2-1.


17 | P a g e

Figure 2-1: Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster


18 | P a g e

Identification of the Project






(KLD) for which there is a CETP proposed of 150KLD. Ajrakhpur is worldwide known for the art

of Ajrakh Block Printing Style. Mostly natural dyes are used in dyeing & printing which includes

a mixture of camel dung, soda ash and castor oil, waste iron, myrobalan, madder, indigo,

pomegranate peel boiled in water, sprays of turmeric water, root of rhubarb etc. These blocks

printing styles are century old traditions being followed till date.

Economic and Technical Viability

CETP Ajrakhpur will be treating wastewater of its member units. Continuous growth is recorded

in manufacturing activities of all units located in the cluster. There has been matching growth in

quantity of waste water generated by all these units. Proposed capacity of 150KLD is estimated

to be capable to take care of any growth in production. The volume of waste water generated

from 49-member units will be from Block Printing Cluster. Cost of the project is estimated to be

around 146 lacs.

Brief Description of Nature of the Project

The proposal is to set up the CETP of 150 KLD for the effluent from industries located in Ajrakhpur

Block Printing Cluster. The present strength of the cluster is 49 textile processing units. Presently,

the units have a monthly production capacity of nearly 2,87,512 meters.

The salient features of the proposed project are given in table 2-1 below:

Table 2-1: Salient Features of The Project







Sep, 2006 and

amended thereof.






19 | P a g e


Water


Power 40KW

Power Supplying

Agency






Effluent Treatment

Scheme





The land area breakup is given in table 2-2 below:

Table 2-2: Land area details

Sr.

No Title Particulars

1. Area for CETP 1102.5 Sq.m.

2. Green Area 277 Sq.m.

3. D.G Set Area 2.4 Sq.m.

4. Road Area 325 Sq.m.

5. Office Area 20 Sq.m.

The location map of project site with 5km radius around project site is shown below figure 2-2:


20 | P a g e

Figure 2-2:location map showing 5km Radius from Project Site.


21 | P a g e

Environmental Sensitivity related to project site.

The below doesn’t fall within 5km of the project site:

1. Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972;

2. Critically Polluted areas as notified by the Central Pollution Control Board constituted

under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (6 of 1974) from time to

time.

3. Eco-sensitive areas as notified under sub-section (2) of section 3 of the Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986, and

4. Inter-State boundaries and international boundaries.


22 | P a g e

Figure 2-3: Toposheet showing 5Km & 10km radius from the project site


23 | P a g e

The Environment sensitivity in the Gujarat is shown in the below figure 2-4:

Figure 2-4: Eco Sensitive Map of Gujarat


24 | P a g e

Need For The Project And Its Importance To The Country or Region

Presently 49 units are running in Ajrakhpur cluster. Only seven units uses chemical dyes

(Ramazol and Azo free Napthol) and rest of the units are using natural dyes. Units remain

operating from 8 AM to 4PM from Monday to Sunday. In rainy season, production decreases due

to problem in drying of washed cloths. Printing and dyeing has a wide spread coverage of

products inclusive of Bed-Sheet, Saree, Yarde, Dress material, Dupatta and shawl etc. These

products have both domestic and export markets. The details of 49 textile manufacturers who

are presently working in this small textile cluster. The total production capacity of the units is

nearly 2,87,512 meters per month.

The Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS) through Northern India Textile Research

Association intends to install Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP) of the capacity of 150KLD

to serve Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster for management of industrial effluents and to protect

ecology from further deterioration.

The Objective of setting up of CETP is:

• To Achieve Economy of scale in waste treatment, thereby reducing the cost of pollution

abatement for individual industry.

• To take care of the problem of lack of technical assistance and trained personnel as

needed for skill operation of effluent treatment plant.

• To solve the problem of lack of space as the centralized facility can be planned to ensure

that adequate space is available

• To reduce the problem of monitoring by the pollution control boards.

• To organize the appropriate disposal of treated waste water including reuse and sludge

generated to authorized facility.

Employment Generation (Direct And Indirect) Due To The Project

The proposed project will provide direct and indirect employment. Six persons would be

deployed during construction phase of proposed project. And four persons shall be employed

during operation stage. During construction phase, local worker would be utilized from nearby

villages.

Swot Analysis

Strength

▪ The project is well proposed engineering concern having best effluent treatment

process/technologies (and their operational aspects).

▪ The project has a sound financial and business background.

▪ All participating members are having units in the vicinity and have given their consent to

be a part of the project.

▪ Suitable land has already been made available to the project.

▪ Dependence on governmental/institutional support.

▪ Reutilization of reclaimed water will partially offset to limited water consumption.


25 | P a g e

Weaknesses

▪ The commercial viability depends on the availability of adequate quantity of effluent – each

participating industry has committed minimum effluent quantity or payment of charges

thereof.

▪ The project needs continuous power supply for effective performance.

Opportunities

▪ The immense pressure from the global community to take initiative for the safeguard of the

environment, ecology and aquatic life that this project is one step in that direction and shall

lead to an indication that industry is maturing.

▪ With the implementation of the project the Indian industry and economy shall shred its third

world status and become globally competitive along with environmental friendly, thus

matching the most advanced economies.

▪ The CETP design being modular (and all critical components having over-capacity) any

major increase in total effluent quantity can be easily matched by upscaling the CETP with

nominal capital infusion.

Threats

▪ The fuel cost increase may also affect the operational cost.

Site Layout

The layout plan of the proposed CETP project having capacity 150 KLD at Ajrakhpur Block

Printing Cluster is given below figure 2-5 and the site photographs are shown in figure 2-6


26 | P a g e

Figure 2-5: Layout of the project site


27 | P a g e

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

Figure 2-6: Photographs of the Project Site


28 | P a g e

Scenario of Ajrakhpur Cluster

Ajrakhpur is known worldwide for the art of Ajrakh, block printing uses colors derived from nature,

such as indigo, henna, turmeric, pomegranate, iron and mud. In some cases, the fabrics are

washed up to 20 times. The printing blocks are hand-carved. The process is complex and

involves 16 different processes. Artisan has gained critical acclaim for the innovative use of

natural dyes that include a mixture of camel dung, soda ash and castor oil, waste iron,

myrobalan, madder, indigo, pomegranate peel boiled in water, sprays of turmeric water and the

root of rhubarb.

The highly skilled and patterned Ajrakh block-printing style came to Kutch from Sind about 400

years ago when the Muslim Khatris settled in the village of Dhamadka. In 2001 a devastating

earthquake severely damaged Bhuj, Dhamadka and other villages and towns all over the

Kachchh region. In the wake of this tragedy, the Khatris were brought closer together and a new

village was created to rebuild their lives and their craft production, aptly named Ajrakhpur (‘place

of Ajrakh’). Today there are Khatris living and working in both villages. Almost the whole village

takes part in the block printing. Presently 49 units are running in Ajrakhpur cluster. Only seven

units uses chemical dyes (Ramazol and Azo free Napthol) and rest of the units are using natural

dyes. Units remain operating from 8 AM to 4PM from Monday to Sunday. In rainy season,

production decreases due to problem in drying of washed cloths. Printing and dyeing has a wide

spread coverage of products inclusive of Bed-Sheet, Saree, Yarde, Dress material, Dupatta and

shawl etc. These products have both domestic and export markets. The details of 49 textile

manufacturers who are presently working in this small textile cluster are enlisted in Table 2-3 in

the following pages. The total production capacity of the units is nearly 2, 87,512 meters per

month.

The units run on a single shift basis and uses water for their processing & washing activities.

Therefore, effluent generated during one shift operation is stored in an equalization tank with

higher capacity for required period. So, at present 150 KLD treatment capacity is estimated to

treat the present load.

*Production in Meters

Table 2-3: Ajrakhpur Artisan Unit Monthly Production Details

Sr.

No. Name of Entrepreneur

Bed

Sheet

Sare

e

Yarde

s

Dress

set

Dupa

tta

Other

s Total

1 Khatri Rahemtullah Hasam 1200 837.5 2038

2

Khatri Aurangzeb

Abdulrazak 325 1000 100 1425

3 Khatri Dr.Ismail Mohammad 1120 325 5000 2000 100 8545

4 Khatri Abbas Ibrahim 1200 1200

5 Khatri Faruk Shakur 8040 8040

6 Khatri Sufiyan Abdulgafur 800 800

7 Khatri Sikandar Osman 80400 80400

8

Khatri Abdulkarim

Tarmamad 130 400 300 830

9 Khatri Musa Tarmamad 2000 2000


29 | P a g e

Sr.


Bed

Sheet

Sare

e

Yarde

s

Dress

set

Dupa

tta

Other

s Total

10 Khatri Osman Tarmamad 20100 20100

11 Khatri Samad Jusab 10000 10000

12 Khatri Kadar Yakub 3000 300 3300

13

Khatri Mohammadhusen

Sumar 1300 3000 2010 1200 7510

14 Khatri Mustaq Abdullah 6000 6000

15 Khatri Indris Sumar 6000 6000

16

Khatri Abdul Raheman

Budha 560 650 2000 1340 600 200 5350

17

Khatri Abdul Razak Abdul

Raheman 1950 1000 1000 3950

18

Khatri Abdul Rasid Abdul

Raheman 1950 1000 1000 3950

19

Khatri Juned Abdul

Raheman 6000 6000

20 Khatri Faiz Jusab 800 800

21 Khatri Kadar Salemamad 1000 800 1800

22 Khatri Junas Aamad 130 670 400 1200

23 Khatri Junas Aamad 200 80 280

24 Khatri Karim Ismail 1500 1500

25 Khatri Ibrahim Isha 97.5 1000 1098

26 Khatri Abdulrahim Anwar 65 3000 3065

27 Khatri Halim Usman 1000 1000

28 Khatri Rauf Abdulrazak 560 650 1005 50 2265

29 Khatri Jusab Suleman 2000 2680 4680

30 Khatri Sikandar Habib 1500 1500

31 Khatri Mustaq Habib 325 2500 2680 800 6305

32 Khatri Yakub Sumar 800 800

33 Khatri Nasir Ismail 1000 1000

34 Khatri Museb Ahemad

Abdullah

1600 1600

35 Khatri Basir Anwar 650 4000 3350 1000 9000

36

Khatri Abdulrahim

Abdulrazak 560 650 1005 50 2265

37 Khatri Khalid Amin 65 800 80 945

38 Khatri Imran Hasam 130 2000 1340 200 3670

39 Khatri Gani Hasam 33500 600 34100

40 Khatri Abdul Latif Ismail 2000 2000

41 Khatri Mustaq Aadam 2400 2400

42 Khatri Khalid Osman 4000 4000

43 Khatri Sikandar Sumar 2010 1200 3210

44 Khatri Aadam Junas 7500 7500

45 Khatri Salman Junas 1200 1200


30 | P a g e

Sr.


Bed

Sheet

Sare

e

Yarde

s

Dress

set

Dupa

tta

Other

s Total

46 Khatri Suleman Daud 3000 3000

47 Khatri Hasan sidhik 4000 200 4200

48 Khatri Satar Karim 1512 540 540 2592

49 Khatri Hasam Sumar 700 400 1100

4312 9393 98900

16096

8

1222

0 1720

28751

2

Total Monthly Production (Meter) = 2,87,512 Meters

Product Manufacturing Process

Greige woven fabric is the basic raw material for processing by the SMEs of Ajrakhpur block

printing cluster. As per the data collected, the daily production capacity for all the existing 49

units is nearly 10,000 meters (around three lac meters per month). Further, from the collected

data it reveals that for processing of above 10,000 meters of fabric, daily consumption of dyes,

chemicals & auxiliaries used is 844 kg. Following Table 2-4 shows the details of daily

consumption of dyes, chemicals & auxiliaries used for processing.

Table 2-4: CONSUMPTION OF DYES, CHEMICALS & AUXILIARIES

Sr. No. Dyes/Auxiliaries Quantity (Kg.)

Natural dyeing and printing (7000 meters)

1 Myrobalan 87.5

2 Soap 7

3 Enzyme 7

4 Hydrochloric Acid 10

5 Chickpea Flour 2

6 Scrap Iron 200

7 Lime 150

8 Gum Arabic 50

9 Clay 50

10 Alum 10

11 Alizarin 1

12 Madder 5

13 Pomegranate 5

14 Turmeric 5

15 Millet flour 5

16 Tamarind Seed Powder 25

17 Indigo 10

18 hydro Sulphite 5

19 Acetic Acid 10

20 potassium dichromate 1

21 Sapan Wood 1

Sr. No. Dyes/Auxiliaries Quantity (Kg.)


31 | P a g e

22 Dhavdi flower 100

23 Keshuda flower 1

Sub Total 747.5 kg

Naphthol Dyeing and Printing (1000 meters)

1 Naphthol AS BS 2.5

2 Caustic Soda 2.5

3 TR Oil 2.5

4 Enzyme 1

5 Soap 1

6 Base (Blue B, Garnet GPC, RC, Orange etc.) 3


8 Alum 5

9 Sodium Nitrate 3


11 Lime 10

12 Gum Arabic 5

Sub Total 46.5 kg

Silicate printing and Dyeing (2000 meters)

1 Silicate 21

2 Enzyme 2

3 Ramazol Colours 14

4 Tin Chloride 4

5 Binder 2

6 Pigment colour 2

7 Tamarind Seed powder 5

Sub Total 50 kg

TOTAL 844 kg

These input materials (Dyes, Chemicals & Auxiliaries) are further classified into two different

varieties. The 1st one is biodegradable whereas the 2nd one is non-biodegradable. Table 2-5 &

Table 2-6 shows the details of daily consumption of above materials.

Table 2-5: LIST OF BIODEGRADABLE CHEMICALS

Sr. No. Chemical Name Daily Consumption in Kg.

1 Myrobalan 87.50

2 Enzyme 10

3 Molasses 10

4 Chickpea Flour 2

5 Gum Arabic 55

6 Madder 5

7 Pomegranate 5

8 Turmeric 5

9 Millet Flour 5



32 | P a g e

11 Sapan Wood 1

12 Dhavdi Flower 100

13 Keshuda Flower 1

Sub Total 321.5 kg

Table 2-6: LIST OF NON-BIODEGRADABLE CHEMICALS

Sr. No. Chemical Name Daily Consumption in Kg.

1 Soap 8

2 Scrap Iron 200

3 Lime 160

4 Clay 50

5 Alum 15

6 Alizarin 1

7 Indigo 10

8 Hydrosulphite 5

9 Acetic Acid 10

10 Potassium Dichromate 1

11 Naphthol ASBS 2.5

12 Caustic soda 2.5

13 TR Oil 2.5

14 Base(Blue B, Garnet GPC, RC,

Orange etc. 3


16 Sodium Nitrate 3

17 Silicate 21

18 Ramazol Colors 14

19 Tin Chloride 4

20 Binder 2

21 Pigment Color 2

Sub Total 522.5 kg

TOTAL 321.5+ 522.5= 844 kg

The biodegradable matters contribute to both COD & BOD value whereas non-biodegradable

and oxidable inorganic parts contribute to COD value. The ratio of COD to BOD implies the

effluent characteristics. The use of inorganic acid and alkali would cause generation of some

TDS (Total Dissolved Solid). There is no direct use of salt which makes the TDS level of the

resultant effluent quite low and poses the possibility of water reclamation at an affordable

treatment cost.

Process of Dyeing And Printing

Earlier, the process in making Ajrakh was very complex but now the processes were made easier

and simplified by reducing the steps resulting to lesser involvement of labour work as well as

savings in time. Nowadays, the processes have been scaled down with short-cut methods as no

one has time to go into details of such laborious procedures, however, it makes the product

different in its quality. In the earlier process the fabric used to give longer life and the better color


33 | P a g e

quality in comparison to that of modified process. Nowadays, the artisans follow the steps given

below:

2.8.3.1 Desizing, Scouring And Washing

The fabric is first taken for enzymatic desizing, scouring (not applicable for natural dyeing) and

washed with clean water. The fabric is dried under sunlight.

2.8.3.2 Dyeing

Depending upon the requirement, fabric is then dyed using natural dyes as well as synthetic

dyes (reactive dyes, vat dyes, napthol dyes etc.). In case, dyeing is carried out with natural dyes,

mordants are also used to fix the color to fibre and to increase the fastness properties. Fabric is

then washed and sun dried.

2.8.3.3 Indigo Dye/Mustard Dye/Other Dyeing

For Indigo dye, a solution of Indigofera plant powder, soda, Gurrh (jaggery), Chuna is made and

the cloth is dipped into it. It is dipped twice to get the bright colour. The same is followed to get

the Mustard colour, instead of Indigofera plant powder Haldi and alum is mixed to get the colour.

2.8.3.4 Printing

Some of the methods used for printing of fabric are given below:

Outline Printing a paste of Gondh (gum), Chuna, Mitti (mud) and water is made. Blocks

are dipped in the paste and the areas having outlines are printed.

Kut printing (Black outline) – a paste of Gurrh (jaggery), Bajri ki atta and Iron scraps

solution (iron scraps soaked in water). Outline blocks are dipped in this paste and are

printed onto the cloth.

Karhh Printing –This printing is done to attain the red colour. For this a paste of Alum,

Gondh (gum), Mitti (mud) and tamarind seeds powder is made and printed on the areas

where the red colour is required.

Sample Product (Fabric dyed & printed with natural dyes)

Figure 2-7 A sample of the cloth product made using wooden block printing


34 | P a g e

Effluent Details

The water consumption profile for the cluster is addressed below:

Present production capacity of all the units of the cluster ≡ 10000 meters/ day.

Assumption: 12 meters fabric weighs 1 kg

Daily production ≡ 10000/12 ≡ 833 kg.

The specific water consumption (from the process flow chart) ≡144 L/kg.

The present total water consumption ≡ 833 X 144 ≡ 120 KLD.

Water is not used in Boiler (since there is no boiler) & cooling purposes

Sub-soil fresh water is withdrawn through existing two tube-wells available at site and supplied

to overhead tank followed by 600 KL elevated fresh water pond where it is stored. This supplies

water for processing under gravity.

There will be additional water consumption of 20 KLD on account of domestic, lab and other

washes.

Thus, the total water consumption ≡ 120+20 ≡ 140 KLD

Based on the pump capacity and operating hours, the total fresh water consumption has been

evaluated to be 140 KL/day.

Assuming negligible quantity of evaporation loss and human intake, the waste generation will be

of same amount i.e. 140 KLD.

As the CETP is proposed to operate for one shift only, the effluent peak flow rate will be very

high.

Due to non use of salt, TDS value of resultant effluent will also be very less. Similar observation

is noticed in case of color intensity of the effluent.

There are multiple point discharges through separate drain attached to each unit which has

shortest distance of 40 meters and furthest distance of 350 meters from the CETP.

Though actual discharge is very low, the peak and average flow will be reasonably high due to

one shift operation of CETP and discharge process being adopted.

The present water consumption pattern is shown in following Table 2-7:

Table 2-7: Effluent Generation Details

S. No. EFFLUENT GENERATION

SOURCE

Consumption

(KLD)

1. Process House 120

2. Lab, Other Wash 5

3. Cooling Nil

4. Softener For Boiler Nil


35 | P a g e

5. Boiler Nil

6. Domestic 15

7. Additional Factor 10

TOTAL 150

Characteristics Of Effluent

The characteristics of the effluent load are given in the below table.

Table 2-8: Average Characteristics of Combined Untreated Effluent

Sr. No. Parameters Units Values

1. Total Discharge KLD 150

2. Proposed CETP Capacity KLD 150

3. Average Flow KL/Hr. 17

4. Peak Flow Rate KL/Hr. 25

5. Color Hz 40

6. pH value - 5 ~ 9

7. Total Solids mg/l 1770

8. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/l 75

9. Total dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/l 1695

10. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/l 425*

11. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD, 3 days, 27 0

C) mg/l 150

12. Oil and Grease mg/l 17.5

13. Residual Chlorine (as Cl2) mg/l ≤ 20

14. Sulfide (as S) mg/l Not traceable

15. Chromium (as Cr) mg/l ≤ 1.5

*Recent observation has been found to be on the higher range.

Requirment Of Water Demand At CETP Site

2.8.6.1 During Construction phase:

Source: Proposed Borewell

Water Consumption: 1.5 KLD


36 | P a g e

Waste Water Generation: 1.5 KLD

Waste Water Management Septic Tank.

2.8.6.2 During Operation phase:

Table 2-8: Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation

WATER CONSUMPTION

Sr. No Particulars Quantity (KLD)

1. Domestic 2

2. Gardening --

3. Industrial --

Process --

Washing --

Boiler --

Cooling --

Others 3

Total 5

WASTEWATER GENERATION

Sr. No Particulars Quantity (KLD)

1. Domestic 2

2. Gardening --

3. Industrial --

Process --

Washing --

Boiler --

Cooling --

Others --

Total 2

*The wastewater generated from the project site will be treated in the proposed CETP.

Consumption of Raw Materials

The raw materials for along with their consumption quantity is given in below table: -

Table 2-9 Consumption of Raw materials

Sr.No Title Quantity

a Lime 2250 Kg/month

b Ferrous Sulphate 1350 Kg/month

c Poly Electrolyte 4.5 Kg/month

d Other chemicals 2250 Kg/month


37 | P a g e

Conveyance








The available slope for the pipeline already laid down is 1:200. The hydraulic drop provided is

1.75 meter vis-a-vis the estimated pressure drop for the furthest unit assuming full conduit flow

is 1.17 meter which is quite safe for the present peak flow rate. In Phase-2, with the increase in

the effluent discharge, the peak flow rate will also be increased. Then, the estimated pressure

drop will increase up to 5.02 meter which will exert a back flow unless the diameter of conduit is

increased.

The Conveyance layout is shown in the below figure 2-8:


38 | P a g e

Figure 2-8: The Conveyance layout


39 | P a g e

Treatment Scheme




storage capacity.












shooting.













Details on Equalization Tank

The details on the proposed equalization tank are given in the below table:

Table 2-10 Details of Equalization tank

SR.NO TYPE PARTICULARS

1. Length of Tank 7.0 m

2. Width 6.0 m

3. SWD 5.0 m

4. Free Board 1.0 m

5. Retention period 8.4 Hrs

6. No. of unit 1 No

7. Effective volume 210 m³

8. Total Volume 252 m³

9. Material of construction RCC

10. RCC wall thickness As per structural design


40 | P a g e

Discharge Cum Recovery Standard

The achievable values of the final treated effluent will be superior as compared to the statutory

norm laid down by the state pollution control board as given in table 2-14 subject to the effective

operation of the plant. However, the discharge flow rate of the will vary as per production and

shall not exceed the design flow rate.

Table 2-11: ACHIEVABLE VALUES VIS-À-VIS STATUTORY NORMS

S.No. PARAMETERS ACHIEVABLE

VALUES

STATUTORY

NORMS UNIT

1. APPEARANCE CRYSTAL CLEAR

2. pH 6-8 6-9

3. SUSPENDED SOLID ≤ 50 ≤ 100 Mg/l

4. OIL & GREASE ≤ 5 ≤ 10 Mg/l

5. CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND ≤ 150 ≤ 250 Mg/l

6. BIO-CHEMICAL OXYGEN

DEMAND

≤ 15 ≤ 30 Mg/l

7. SURFACTANT ≤ 2 - Mg/l

8. SULPHIDE ≤ 2 ≤ 2 Mg/l

9. CR (VI) ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.1 Mg/l

10. BIO ASSASY 90% of survival 90% of survival

of test animals

after 96 hours in

the 100%

effluent

Mg/l

11. TOTAL DISSOLVED SOLID ≤ 2100 ≤ 2100 Mg/l

12. HARDNESS 100 Mg/l

Treated Effluent Usage

The 75% of the effluent will be recycled for washing purpose within the cluster area and

remaining 25% treated water will be used for green area development.

Sludge Management

The proposed treatment scheme will result generation of sludge which requires efficient

management. It is important to manage it from the point where the sludge is generated to the

disposal of sludge. The details are given below:

Sludge Generation Point

There will be following two types of sludge generated during the treatment.

Chemical Sludge

Chemical sludge generated during the physico-chemical treatment in the reaction tank 1&2

would be settled in the bottom of the tube settlers. The wet sludge from tube settlers shall be

pumped at regular interval of time and collected into sludge sump.

Bio- Sludge

The biological sludge is generated during the secondary treatment. This is a biological treatment

takes place in MBBR & AERATION TANK and produces Bio-sludge which will be collected in


41 | P a g e

the bottom of secondary clarifier and is recycled continuously to the aeration tank as a essential

feature of the process. Once the required concentration of micro-organism in the aeration tank

has been reached for optimum operation, its further increase is prevented by regulating the

quantity of sludge recycled.

Quantity Of Sludge Generated

The wet sludge shall be pumped at constant rate through the screw pump from sludge sump for

dewatering through filter press. Filter press are installed at elevated platform. The dewatering

through filter press converts the wet sludge in to sludge cake which would be collected in water

proof polythene bags. The quantity of dry sludge generated during the treatment is given below:

Dry Chemical Sludge Quantity

Rate of sludge generation:

1st

Tube-settler- 200 mg/L

2nd

Tube-settler – 50 mg/L

Total rate of chemical sludge generation: 200 + 50 = 250 mg/L

Total weight of dry chemical sludge/day (for 150KL) = 0.25 X 150 = 37.5 kg

Dry Bio Sludge Quantity

Rate of sludge generation: 100 X 0.3 mg/L

Total weight of dry Bio sludge/day (for 150KL) = 0.03 X 150 = 4.5 kg

Bio-Sludge Disposal

The waste bio-sludge from biological treatment (less in quantity) is biodegradable and rich in

nutrients can be used as manure for plantation/tress. However, after the treatment capacity

increases in phase-2, the quantity of the bio-sludge will be increased proportionately.

Temporary Storage Of Chemical Sludge At CETP Site

Being hazardous, the chemical sludge is to be managed with utmost care. Before its disposal,

the above sludge is proposed to be stored temporarily at the CETP site in a store made of made

of brick wall. The floor level of the store shall be at 0.5m above the ground level with 1.5 mm

HDPE lining to avoid the leaching and the shed shall be water proof.

Disposal of Chemical Sludge

The disposal of chemical sludge generated from CETP shall be carried out through authorized

agency prescribed by State Pollution Control Board as per the norms of Hazardous waste

management and Handling Rule 2016. There are few agencies that are authorized for hazardous

waste treatment, storage & disposal facility (TSDF) in the state of Gujarat.

M/s Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd, which is located in Kutch District may be the suitable

place for sludge disposal. A MoU for disposal of waste will be done prior to start of operation

phase.


42 | P a g e

CHAPTER 3

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


43 | P a g e

3 Description of Environment

Introduction

The baseline environmental quality in the vicinity of the project site and the study area is useful

for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts due to proposed project activities.

Prevailing environmental conditions served as an essential tool to determine the extent of

impacts likely to occur due to proposed activity. The existing environmental conditions provide

a datum to predict and assess the environmental changes likely to occur. The environmental

quality with reference to different environmental attributes namely Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Ecology

and Socioeconomic has been determined as desired at the scoping stage. The study covers the

core zone and buffer zone around the 10km radius if the project site. The baseline environmental

quality has been assessed post monsoon season period (Mid-September 2017 to Mid-

December 2017).

Information of baseline environmental status of the study area is useful for Impact Assessment

Process of assessing and predicting the environmental consequences of the significant actions.

Significant action depicts direct adverse changes caused by the action and its effect on the

health of the biota including flora, fauna and human being, socio-economic conditions, current

use of land and resources, physical and cultural heritage properties and biophysical

surroundings. Baseline data generation of the following environmental attributes is essential in

EIA studies:

I. Meteorology,

II. Ambient Air Quality,

III. Ambient Noise Quality,

IV. Surface and Ground Water Quality,

V. Soil Quality and Geological Features,

VI. Land Use Pattern,

VII. Ecological Status,

VIII. Socio-economic Status.

Study Area

For the description of baseline environmental scenario, the project area for 150 KLD CETP falling

within the Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster area has been considered as the core zone. The area

falling within a distance of 10 km from the boundary of the core zone has been considered as

the buffer zone. The core zone and the buffer zone, combined together, form the study area. The

study area of the proposed 150 KLD CETP at Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster, Tehsil Bhuj,

District Kutch has below co-ordinates:

Table 3-1 Corner Coordinates of the Project Site.

S.No. Latitude Longitude

1 23°13'53.76"N 69°47'42.20"E

2 23°13'52.86"N 69°47'42.41"E

3 23°13'52.24"N 69°47'40.84"E

4 23°13'53.37"N 69°47'40.51"E

Landform, Land-Use And Land Ownership

The Site of Common Effluent Treatment Plant is identified and marked on layout. NOC is issued

by Paddhar Village Panchayat for using the land to set up Common Effluent Treatment Plant by

Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan.


44 | P a g e

Topography

The proposed site is located at 23°13'53.11"N Latitude and 69°47'41.35"E Longitude on a almost

flat terrain. It has an average elevation of 114 meters. Project site is marked on toposheet number

F42D16 shown on Figure 2-3.

Land use pattern.

The land use break-up of the area is given below:

Table 3-2 Land Use/ Land Cover classification table

S.no. Classes Area in Ha. Percentage

1 Built Up Area 1436.00 4.57

2 Crop Land 9307.00 29.63

3 Fallow Land 11596.00 36.91

4 Water Bodies 223.00 0.71

5 Mining Area 466.00 1.48

6 Forest Area/Hill /Scrub 8387.50 26.70

Total 31415.50 100.00

Figure 3-1 Graphical Presentation of Land Use/ Land Cover classification

4.57%

29.63%

36.91%

0.71%

1.48%

26.70%

Land Use Land Cover Classification

Built Up Area

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Water Bodies

Mining Area

Forest Area/Hill /Scrub


45 | P a g e

Figure 3-2 Satellite Image Map of the Project site and study area


46 | P a g e

Figure 3-3 Land use /Land Cover Map


47 | P a g e

Soil Classification

The soils found in Kachchh district can broadly be grouped into four types, i.e., Shallow Black soils,

Residual Sandy soils, Coastal Alluvial soils and Desert soils. The Shallow black soils are found in central

and north-central parts of the Kachchh mainland and in Khadir and Bela Islands. These soils have

developed from basaltic rocks and rocks of Jurassic period. The depth of soil ranges from a few cm to

30 cm. Broadly, these soils are poor in fertility.

The Residual Sandy soils have developed in-situ from the parent material originated from red sandstone

and shale and are found over the areas underlain by Bhuj Sandstone. All these residual soils are shallow

in depth. They are reddish brown in colour with fine weak granular structure to poorly developed one.

These soils are sandy to loamy sand in texture dominated by coarse sand. These are non-calcareous,

neutral to alkaline in reaction with poor base saturation. They are affected due to salt accumulation.

From fertility point of view, they are poorly supplied with plant nutrients and, as such, support the crops

with short duration and less water requirement.

The hilly soils occur in the hilly areas central part of the district. The soil profile is not well developed

because of the steep slope and erosion. They have developed from the parent materials in the

respective areas. They are shallow in depth composed of undecomposed rock fragments and poor in

fertility. The Coastal Alluvial soils are found all along the southern coast. These soils are sandy clay loam

to clay in texture. The soil reaction varies with situation ranging from neutral to highly alkaline. These

soils are normally medium in fertility. At places, these soils are saline in nature The two Ranns (deserts)

of Kutch namely little Rann and great Rann have the soils which are formed as a result of the geological

processes of Pleistocene age. The alluvial deposits due to the river system flowing through the area

have subsequently been overlain by the Aeolian deposits. These soils are fairly deep, light grey in

colour. The texture is sandy to sandy loam with silty clay loam in some areas. The salt content is very

high with the sodium chloride as the dominant salt. The profile study reveals the presence of sufficient

amount of gypsum throughout the profile.

Climatic & Rainfall

Temperatures vary considerably from season to season. The summers are generally hot and winters are

cool. Mean maximum temperature ranges between 26.7°C during January to about 39.5°C during May

and the mean minimum temperatures vary between 9°C during January and 27°C during June.

The relative humidity in Kachchh as per IMD varies between 43.5% during March and 77% during

August. The wind velocity in the district varies from about 124 km/d during November and 375 km/d

during June. The potential Evapo-transpiration, calculated using Penman‟s Method varies between 3.4

mm/d during December and 9.2 mm/d during may.

Long-term average annual rainfall for Bhuj IMD station is 378.2 mm. Most of the rainfall (about 345 mm)

is received during south-west monsoon between June and September. The climatological data for IMD

station Bhuj is given in following Table 3-3:

Table 3-3: Climatological Data for IMD Station Bhuj

Month Max

Temp

(Deg.C)

Mini Temp

(Deg.C )

Humidity

(%)

Wind

Spd.

Kmpd

Sunshine

(Hours)

Solar Rad.

(MJ/m

2/d)

Eto

(mm/d)

Rainfalll

(mm)

January 26.7 9.0 47.0 138.2 8.9 16.7 3.6 2.0


48 | P a g e

Month Max

Temp

(Deg.C)

Mini Temp

(Deg.C )

Humidity

(%)

Wind

Spd.

Kmpd

Sunshine

(Hours)

Solar Rad.

(MJ/m

2/d)

Eto

(mm/d)

Rainfalll

(mm)

February 29.8 12.0 45.5 149.0 9.5 19.5 4.5 1.1

March 34.9 17.6 43.5 177.7 10.1 22.8 6.2 2.9

April 38.7 22.1 44.5 217.2 10.8 25.6 7.9 0.7

May 39.5 25.2 53.5 330.3 11.4 27.1 9.2 1.7

June 37.1 27.0 65.0 375.2 8.7 23.1 7.7 33.9

July 33.6 26.2 75.0 346.5 5.3 17.9 5.4 136.3

August 32.5 25.2 77.0 307.0 5.4 17.6 4.9 120.7

September 33.7 23.8 70.5 229.8 7.9 20.2 5.4 54.2

October 35.9 20.6 52.5 141.8 9.6 20.4 5.3 15.4

November 32.4 15.5 48.0 123.9 9.3 17.6 4.1 7.7

December 28.1 10.5 49.0 131.0 8.9 15.9 3.4 1.6

Total - - - - - - - 378.2

Average 33.6 19.6 55.9 222.3 8.8 20.4 5.6 -

Site Specific Micro Meterological Data

Meteorological

Parameter

Months

Mid Sept 2017 to Mid

Oct 2017

Mid Oct 2017 to Mid

Nov 2017

Mid Nov 2017 to Mid

Dec 2017

Temperature (°C)

Min 24 20 12

Max 42 40 33

Avg 30.22 29.08 22.61

Relative Humidity (%)

Min 1 1 1

Max 96 99 91

Avg 50.69 34.07 34.00

Wind speed (m/s)

Min 3.7 1.9 1.9

Max 11.1 11.1 18.5

Avg 6.24 5.41 6.58

Predominant Direction From North & North East


49 | P a g e

As per the wind rose, the predominant wind direction is confluence from North, North east & South West.

The maximum wind is calm in nature.

Air Environment

To quantify the impact of the project on the ambient air quality, it is necessary at first to evaluate the

existing ambient air quality of the area. The existing ambient air quality, in terms of Particulate Matter-

10 (PM10), Particulate Matter-2.5 (PM2.5), Sulphur-dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxides (NO2), Ozone (O3)

and carbon monoxide (CO) has been measured through a planned field monitoring. To assess the

ambient air quality level, eight (8) monitoring stations were set up.

Monitoring Schedule:

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for the month of Mid Sept 2017- Mid Dec 2017 with a

frequency of 24 hours twice a week. Location Map is attached below:


50 | P a g e

Figure 3-4 Map Showing Monitoring locations


51 | P a g e

Table 3-4: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

S.No. Monitoring location Distance Direction

1. Project Site 0 km --

2. Village Padhar 3.28km ENE

3. Village Lakhond 3.23km NNW

4. Village Kukma 2.58km SW

5. Village Reldi Moti 2.14km SSE

6. Village Ler 5.29km SW

7. Village Bhujodi 6.05km W

8. Village Vadvara 8.51km E

Table 3-5: Methods adopted for Ambient Air Parameters

Parameters Technique Technical Protocol

P.M 2.5 Gravimetric method CPCB Guidelines

PM 10 Gravimetric method IS 5182 (Part-23)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Improved West and Geake

method

IS-5182 (Part-2)

Nitrogen Dioxides (NO2) Modified Jacob & Hochheiser

method

IS-5182 (Part-6)

Carbon Monoxide (CO) CO Analyzer (NDIR

technology)

CPCB Guidelines

Ozone (O3) IS-5182 (Part-2)


52 | P a g e

Table 3-6: Ambient Air Quality Data

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-1 (Project Site)

Particulars PM 2.5 PM10 NO2 SO2 O3 CO Benzene(VOC)

Minimum 25.45 60.95 11.27 8.02 4.18 BDL BDL

Maximum 27.86 69.75 13.42 9.89 6.34 BDL BDL

98 Percentile 27.79 69.75 13.35 9.78 6.3 BDL BDL

Average 26.86 65.15 12.48 8.76 5.42 BDL BDL

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-2 (Padhar)

Particulars PM2.5 PM10 NO2 SO2 O3 CO Benzene(VOC)

Minimum 24.08 63.83 10.09 7.25 3.39 BDL BDL

Maximum 28.24 69.02 13.43 9.76 5.83 BDL BDL


Average 26.34 67.33 11.68 8.79 4.7 BDL BDL

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-3 (Kukma)


Minimum 17.2 49.11 8.55 6.37 4.18 BDL BDL

Maximum 21.86 66.02 11.13 8.39 6.41 BDL BDL


Average 19.53 57.68 10.17 7.44 5.43 BDL BDL

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-4 (Reldi Moti)


Minimum 18.32 57.95 8.46 6.38 4.01 BDL BDL

Maximum 22.09 65.85 10.7 8.39 6.05 BDL BDL


Average 20.15 62.25 9.45 7.54 5.06 BDL BDL


53 | P a g e

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-5 (Lakhond)


Minimum 20.39 60.15 10.09 7.37 3.48 BDL BDL

Maximum 25.1 70.95 12.48 9.39 5.9 BDL BDL


Average 22.97 66.61 11.37 8.38 4.74 BDL BDL

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-6 (Bhujodi)


Minimum 19.14 60.24 9.55 7.16 4.58 BDL BDL

Maximum 25.94 70.79 12.57 9.49 7.35 BDL BDL


Average 23.01 67.74 11.25 8.55 5.08 BDL BDL

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-7 (Ler)


Minimum 25.39 63.19 13.1 8.27 4.45 BDL BDL

Maximum 28.98 72.02 16.02 10.31 6.57 BDL BDL


Average 27.17 69.84 14.63 9.35 5.53 BDL BDL

Location detail Ambient Air Quality Data A-8 (Vadvara)


Minimum 25.57 60.57 13.26 8.33 4.36 BDL BDL

Maximum 28.8 72.12 16.16 10.21 6.83 BDL BDL


Average 27.26 68.54 14.82 9.19 5.43 BDL BDL


54 | P a g e

Figure 3-5 Graphical Representation of PM2.5 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to Mid-

October 2017

Figure 3-6 Graphical Representation of PM10 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to Mid-

October 2017

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Project Site VillagePaddhar

Village Kukma Village ReldiMoti

VillageLakhond

Village Bhujodi Village Ler VillageVadvara

PM 2.5

Minimum Maximum Average

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80



VillageLakhond

VillageBhujodi

Village Ler VillageVadvara

PM10



55 | P a g e

Figure 3-7 Graphical Representation of NO2 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to Mid-

October 2017

Figure 3-8 Graphical Representation of SO2 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to Mid-

October 2017

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18



VillageLakhond


NO2


0

2

4

6

8

10

12



VillageLakhond


SO2



56 | P a g e

Figure 3-9 Graphical Representation of O3 monitored during Period Mid-September 2017 to Mid-

October 2017

Results And Discussion

From the summarized monitoring results it is clear that the values are compared and the following has

been observed:

Parameter Minimum

Value (µg/m3

) Location

Maximum

Value (µg/m3

) Location

PM2.5 17.2 Kukma 28.98 Ler





In all cases, the 24-hourly average levels of SO2 and NO2 were observed to be within the limit of 80

µg/m3

for residential, rural & other areas as stipulated in the National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

Also, in all cases, the PM2.5 levels were within the corresponding permissible limit of 60 µg/m3

. As well

as PM10 level were within the corresponding permissible limit 100 µg/m3

as stipulated NAAQS.

Water Environment

Water quality assessment is one of the essential components of EIA study. Such assessment helps in

evaluating the existing health of water body and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures to

minimize the potential impact from projects. Water quality of ground water as well as surface water has

been studied in order to assess proposed water-uses in construction, drinking, cooling and horticulture

purpose.

Monitoring Schedule:

Water monitoring was carried out for the month of September 2017

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Project Site Village Paddhar Village Kukma Village ReldiMoti

Village Lakhond Village Bhujodi Village Ler Village Vadvara

O3



57 | P a g e

Table 3-7: Location of Water Monitoring Stations

Surface Water

SW1 Pond at Village Padhar 2.55km SW

SW2 Pond at Village Kukuma 3.33km E

Ground Water

GW1 Project Site 0 km --

GW2 Village Padhar 3.28km ENE

GW3 Village Lakhond 3.23km NNW

GW4 Village Kukma 2.58km SW

GW5 Village Reldi Moti 2.14km SSE

GW6 Village Ler 5.29km SW

GW7 Village Bhujodi 6.05km W

GW8 Village Vadvara 8.51km E

Sampling Frequency and Sampling Techniques

Samples were studied at monthly intervals in the study period. Quality of ground water was compared

with IS: 10500: 2012 (Reaffirmed 1993 with Amendment No.3 July 2010) for drinking purposes. Surface

water quality was analyzed for parameters as mentioned in the ‘Annexure VII of CPCB guidelines’ and

it was rated according to the CPCB water quality criteria (Designated Best Use). Water samples were

collected in a 5 liter plastic jerry can and 500 ml sterilized clean glass bottles for physico-chemical and

bacteriological tests respectively. GW sampling was done after flushing out the source (minimum 10

minutes) to get the fresh ground water and grab sampling method was used. River water samples were

collected about 10 cm below the water surface. All sampling, preservative and sample handling

techniques were in accordance with APHA for examination of water& wastewater/ IS: 3025 (Part-1)/ IS:

1622. The samples were analyzed as per Indian Standard /APHA latest edition.

The surface water quality comparison with CPCB water quality criteria is given below

Table 3-8: CPCB water quality criteria

Designated-Best-Use

Class

of

water

Criteria

Drinking water source without

conventional treatment but after

disinfection

A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

50 or less;

pH between 6.5 and 8.5;

Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more

Outdoor bathing (Organized) B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

500 or less;


58 | P a g e

pH between 6.5 and 8.5;


Drinking water source after

conventional treatment and

disinfection

C Total Coliform Organism MPN/100ml shall be

5000 or less;

pH between 6 to 9;


Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries D pH between 6.5 to 8.5;

Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more;

Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling,

Controlled Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5;

Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micromhos/cm

Max.2250;

Sodium absorption ratio max. 26;

Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-

E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria

Surface Water Results

The surface water sampling was carried out in the month of September 2017. The Surface water

locations marked were small water holding ponds at Village Paddhar and Village Kukma. The monitored

results were shown in the below table:

Table 3-9: Surface Water Results (Sept-2017)

Sl. No. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2

1 pH - 7.73 7.4

2 Total Solid mg/l 1720 1620

3 Total Suspended Solid mg/l 1 1

4 TDS

1719 1619

5 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 2.4 2.3

6 COD mg/l 26.96 26.96

7 BOD mg/l 5.48 5.55

8 Oil and Grease mg/L 2 2

9 Calcium mg/L 20 18

10 Magnesium mg/L 1 7

11 Chloride as Cl mg/l 487.89 499.91

12 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 147.3 145.23

13 Nitrate(NO3) mg/l 1.22 1.39

14 Fluoride (aF) mg/l 0.69 0.63

15 Copper as Cu mg/l BDL(DL=0.02) BDL(DL=0.02)

16 Zinc as Zn mg/l BDL(DL=0.02) BDL(DL=0.02)

17 Cyanide as CN mg/L BDL(DL=0.2) BDL(DL=0.02)

18 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL(DL=0.008) BDL(DL=0.008)

19 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL(DL=0.01) BDL(DL=0.01)


59 | P a g e

20 Manganese(as Mn) mg/l BDL(DL=0.09) BDL(DL=0.09)

21 Total Arsenic as As mg/l BDL(DL=0.009) BDL(DL=0.009)

22 Total Chromium as Cr

mg/l BDL(DL=0.04) BDL(DL=0.04)

23 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL(DL=0.001) BDL(DL=0.001)

24 Boron as B mg/l BDL(DL=0.2) BDL(DL=0.2)

25 Phenolic Compounds mg/l BDL(DL=0.001) BDL(DL=0.001)

26 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L BDL(DL=0.003) BDL(DL=0.003)

27 Iron (as Fe) mg/L BDL(DL=0.02) BDL(DL=0.02)

28 Total Coliform (MPN/100ml) MPN/100ml 33 27

29 Faecal Coliform (MPN/100ml) MPN/100ml 23 21

The pH recorded for surface water at Village Paddhar is 7.73 and the pH of the surface water at Village

Kukma is 7.4. The Total dissolved solid varied from 1619-1719 mg/l, Calcium was found between 18mg/l

at village Kukma and 20mg/l at village Paddhar, Chloride was found 499mg/l and 487mg/l respectively.

In comparison, the Sulphate (SO4) was found higher in Village Padhar i.e. 147mg/l and Nitrate(NO3)

was found higher in Village Kukma i.e.1.39mg/l.

Ground Water Results

Similarly, ground water samples were collected from the eight different sources. The ground water

sampling collection was done in the month of Mid-September 2017. The below are the results described

for the monitoring conducted:


60 | P a g e

Table 3-10: Ground Water Results (Sept-2017)

S.

No

Parame

ters

Limit as per

IS:10500

Unit

GW1 GW2 GW 3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

Desira

ble

Limit

Permis

sible

Limit

Project

site

Village

Padhar

Village

Lakhond

Village

Kukma

Village

Reldi

Moti

Village

Ler

Village

Bhujodi

Village

Vadvara

1 Colour 5 15 Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

2 Odour Agree

able

Agree

able -

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

Agreeabl

e

3 Turbidit

y 1 5 NTU <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

4 pH 6.5-

8.5

No

Relaxa

tion

- 7.75 7.71 7.63 7.75 7.68 7.73 7.65 7.7

5

Total

Hardne

ss (as

CaCO3)

200 600 mg/l 598 372 297 402 407 317 392 427

6

Calciu

m(as

Ca)

75 200 mg/L 125 95 62 117 95 95 87 123

7

Magne

sium

(as Mg)

30 100 mg/L 70 33 34 27 42 20 43 29

8

Chlorid

es(as

CI)

250 1000 mg/L 458.68 293.76 329.84 230.2 286.89 307.51 238.79 264.56

9

Phenoli

c

Compo

unds

0.001 0.002 mg/L BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)


61 | P a g e

S.

No

Parame

ters

Limit as per

IS:10500

Unit


Desira

ble

Limit

Permis

sible

Limit

Project

site

Village

Padhar

Village

Lakhond

Village

Kukma

Village

Reldi

Moti

Village

Ler

Village

Bhujodi

Village

Vadvara

(as

C61-

150H)

10

Total

Dissolv

ed

Solids

500 2000 mg/L 1588 988 1046 878 1034 1064 908 1040

11

Sulphat

e(as

S04)

200 400 mg/L 184.3 117.8 106.9 101.9 121.9 103.9 103.7 104.7

12 Iron (as

Fe) 0.3

No

Relaxa

tion

mg/L 0.02 BDL(0.01

)

BDL(0.01

)

BDL(0.01

)

BDL(0.01

)

BDL(0.01

)

BDL(0.01

) 0.02

13

Nitrate

(as

NO3)

45

No

Relaxa

tion

mg/L 13.22 1.57 0.14 2.83 1.87 0.89 1.66 0.16

14 Fluorid

e(as F) 1 1.5 mg/L BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1)

15

Total

Alkalinit

y (as

CaCO3

)

200 600 mg/l 215.2 223.66 202.56 198.34 223.66 215.22 215.22 221.13

16 Copper

(as Cu) 0.05 1.5 mg/l

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

17 Nickel(

Ni) 0.02 -- mg/l

BDL(DL=

0.01)

BDL(DL=

0.01)

BDL(DL=

0.01)

BDL(DL=

0.01)

BDL(DL=

0.01)

BDL(DL=

0.01)

BDL(DL=

0.01)

BDL(DL=

0.01)


62 | P a g e

S.

No

Parame

ters

Limit as per

IS:10500

Unit


Desira

ble

Limit

Permis

sible

Limit

Project

site

Village

Padhar

Village

Lakhond

Village

Kukma

Village

Reldi

Moti

Village

Ler

Village

Bhujodi

Village

Vadvara

18 Zinc

(as Zn) 5 15 mg/l 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.01

19 Conduc

tivity -- -

µmhos

/cm 2646 1646 1743 1463 1723 1773 1513 1733

20

Cyanid

e (as

CN)

0.05

No

Relaxa

tion

mg/l BDL(DL=

0.2)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

21 Lead

(as Pb) 0.01

No

Relaxa

tion

mg/l BDL(DL=

0.008)

BDL(DL=

0.008)

BDL(DL=

0.008)

BDL(DL=

0.008)

BDL(DL=

0.008)

BDL(DL=

0.008)

BDL(DL=

0.008)

BDL(DL=

0.008)

22

Total

Cromiu

m(as

Cr)

0.05 1.5 mg/l BDL(DL=

0.04)

BDL(DL=

0.04)

BDL(DL=

0.04)

BDL(DL=

0.04)

BDL(DL=

0.04)

BDL(DL=

0.04)

BDL(DL=

0.04)

BDL(DL=

0.04)

23

Cadmiu

m(as

Cd)

0.003

No

Relaxa

tion

mg/l BDL(DL=

0.003)

BDL(DL=

0.003)

BDL(DL=

0.003)

BDL(DL=

0.003)

BDL(DL=

0.003)

BDL(DL=

0.003)

BDL(DL=

0.003)

BDL(DL=

0.003)

24

Total

Arsenic

(as As)

0.05

No

Relaxa

tion

mg/l BDL(DL=

0.009)

BDL(DL=

0.009)

BDL(DL=

0.009)

BDL(DL=

0.009)

BDL(DL=

0.009)

BDL(DL=

0.009)

BDL(DL=

0.009)

BDL(DL=

0.009)

25 Boron

(as B) 0.5 1 mg/l

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

BDL(DL=

0.02)

26

Manga

nese

(as Mn)

0.1 0.3 mg/l BDL(DL=

0.09)

BDL(DL=

0.09)

BDL(DL=

0.09)

BDL(DL=

0.09)

BDL(DL=

0.09)

BDL(DL=

0.09)

BDL(DL=

0.09)

BDL(DL=

0.09)

27

Mercur

y (as

Hg)

0,001

No

Relaxa

tion

mg/l BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)

BDL(DL=

0.001)


63 | P a g e

S.

No

Parame

ters

Limit as per

IS:10500

Unit


Desira

ble

Limit

Permis

sible

Limit

Project

site

Village

Padhar

Village

Lakhond

Village

Kukma

Village

Reldi

Moti

Village

Ler

Village

Bhujodi

Village

Vadvara

Microbiological Parameter

1 Colifor

m 10 -

MPN/1

00ml 7.8 9 4.5 17 11 5.6 4 4

2 E.coli

Shoul

d not

be

Detect

able in

any

100ml

sampl

e

- - Absent Absent Absent Present Absent Absent Absent Present


64 | P a g e

Results & Discussion:

The analysis results indicate the pH ranges in between 7.63 to 7.75, the maximum pH of 7.75 was

observed at village Lakhond and the minimum pH of 7.63 was observed at Village Kukma. Total

hardness was observed to be ranging from 297 to 598 mg/l. The maximum hardness was recorded at

Project site and minimum was recorded at village Lakhond. Chloride was found to be in the range of

230.2 to 458.68 mg/l, the maximum concentration of chloride was observed at project site and minimum

value was observed at village Kukma.

Sulphates were found to be in the range of 101.9 to 184.3 mg/l. Maximum value observed at Project

Site, whereas the minimum value observed at Village Kukma

The total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentrations were found to be ranging in between 908 to 1588 mg/l,

the maximum TDS observed at Project Site and minimum concentration of TDS observed at Village Ler.

The parameters were analyzed and were found within permissible limits.

Soil Environment

To determine the exact impacts of any proposed project on soils, it is very essential to determine the

existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil quality assessment. Considering

this, surface soil (0- 30 cm) samples were collected from eight locations of study area as per standard

procedure of soil sample collection, once in study period. Outcome of soil quality studies is given in

Table-3.11. The analysis was done for physico-chemical characters. The Soil monitoring location is

indicated in Figure 3-4:

Table 3-11: Soil quality Results for month Sept 2017

Sample. Monitoring location Distance Direction

SS-01 Project Site 0 km --

SS-02 Village Padhar 3.28km ENE

SS-03 Village Lakhond 3.23km NNW

SS-04 Village Kukma 2.58km SW

SS-05 Village Reldi Moti 2.14km SSE

SS-06 Village Ler 5.29km SW

SS-07 Village Bhujodi 6.05km W

SS-08 Village Vadvara 8.51km E

Sampling Process & Analysis

The soil samples were collected once during the study period from each location. The sampling was

done using Augur Sampler and samples were filled in polythene bags, labeled in the field with number

and site name and sent to laboratory for analysis. Sampling & Analysis of soil was done as per ISO/ IS:

2720/ Soil Chemical Analysis by M.L. Jackson.


65 | P a g e

Table 3-12: Standard Soil Classification

S. No. Parameters Classification

1 pH <4.5 extremely acidic

4.51 – 5.0 very strong acidic 5.01 – 5.5 strongly acidic 5.51-6.0

moderately acidic 6.1 – 6.5 slightly acidic

6.51-7.3 neutral

7.31-7.8 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.5 moderately alkaline 8.51 – 9.0 strongly

alkaline >9.0 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity

Electrical

Conductivity

(millimho/cm)

Up to 1.0 average

1-2 harmful to germination 2-3 harmful to crops

3 Nitrogen (kg/ha) Up to 50 very less 51-100 less 110-150 good 151- 300 better >300

sufficient

4 Phosphorus

(Kg/ha)

Up to 15 very less

15 – 30 less

31-50 medium

51-65 on average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

5 Potasium

(Kg/Ha)

0-120 very less 120-180 less

180-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than

sufficient


66 | P a g e

Table 3-13: Soil Quality Results for month Sept 2017

S.No Parameter Unit SS-01 SS-02 SS-03 SS-04 SS-05 SS-06 SS-07 SS-08 Method Reference

Project

Site

Village

Padhar

Village

Lakhond

Village

Kukma

Village

Reldi

Moti

Village

Ler

Village

Bhujodi

Village

Vadvara

1 Soil Texture __ Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Sandy

Clay

Manual of Soil

Testing,

Ministry of

Agriculture GoI

2 Bulk Density g/cc 1.47 1.41 1.44 1.38 1.41 1.35 1.39 1.45

Manual of Soil

Testing,

Ministry of

Agriculture GoI

3 Porosity % 22 25 27 29 24 32 28 28

Manual of Soil

Testing,

Ministry of

Agriculture Gol

4 Permeability cm/hour 0.82 0.88 1.2 1.5 0.94 0.95 0.92 0.85

Manual of Soil

Testing,

Ministry of

Agriculture Gol

5 pH (1:2.5 at

25°

C) --

7.6 7.27 8.62 6.92 8.1 7.27 6.98 8.27

Manual of Soil

Testing,

Ministry of

Agriculture Gol

6 Conductivity

(1:2.5 at 25°

C) mS/cm

3.89 3.57 3.33 2.69 2.83 3.17 2.83 3.47 is: 2720(Part

26)1987 R2011

7 Organic

Carbon %

1.06 1.02 1.12 0.96 1.18 0.93 0.93 1.13 IS 14767-2000


67 | P a g e


Project

Site

Village

Padhar

Village

Lakhond

Village

Kukma

Village

Reldi

Moti

Village

Ler

Village

Bhujodi

Village

Vadvara

8 Organic

matter %

1.82 1.76 1.93 1.66 2.03 1.59 1.61 1.95 IS: 2720 P-22 1972

R 2010

9 CEC meq/100

g

90.00 96.00 94.00 90.00 88.00 90.00 94.00 88.00 IS: 2720 P-22 1972

R 2010

10 Available N % 0.08 0.10 0.15 0.28 0.06 0.14 0.22 0.06

Manual of Soil

Testing ,

Ministryof

Agriculture Got

11 Available

Phosphorus

mg/100

gm

0.01 0.0057 0.0099 BDL 0.007 BDL 0.005 0.03

Manual of Soil

Testing ,

Ministryof

Agriculture Got

12 Available

Potassium mg/kg

149 163 116 162 231 137 189 169

Manual of Soil

Testing ,

Ministryof

Agriculture Gol

13 Available Zn ug/gm 11.1 12.46 15.24 17.5 13.1 15.84 14.3 15.14

Manual of Soil

Testing,

Ministry of

Agriculture GoI

14 Available

Cu ug/gm

8.5 8.5 5.7 4.84 5.5 6.5 7.54 5.96

Manual of Soil

Testing ,

Ministryof

Agriculture Gol

15 Available Fe ug/gm 15.2 16.8 18.2 18.4 16.6 16.6 16.6 18.6 Manual of Soil

Testing ,


68 | P a g e


Project

Site

Village

Padhar

Village

Lakhond

Village

Kukma

Village

Reldi

Moti

Village

Ler

Village

Bhujodi

Village

Vadvara

Ministryof

Agriculture Gol

16 Available Cr mg/kg 1.44 0.52

BDL

(DL=0.2)

BDL

(DL=0.

2)

BDL

(DL=0.2

)

BDI (DI

=0.2)

BDL

(DL=0.2

)

BDL

(DL=0.2

)

Manual of Soil

Testing ,

Ministryof

Agriculture Gol

17 Available

Pb mg/kg

0.54 0.37 BDL

(DL=0.2)

BDL

(DL=0.

2)

BDL

(DL=0.2

)

BDL

(DI

=0.2)

BDL

(DL=0.2

)

BDL

(DL=0.2

)

Manual of Soil

Testing,

Ministry of

Agriculture Gol


69 | P a g e

Results & discussions:

Physical characters

The physical characters include grain size distribution (textural analysis), Porosity,

permeability.

Texture: Indicates relative proportion of various sizes of primary soil particles such as sand,

and clay present in the soil. Based on their quantities present in the soil samples and using

the textural classification diagram. The textural classes of Eight soil samples are mainly sandy

Clay.

Chemical Characteristics

The parameters considered for chemical analysis are: Soil reaction (pH), Electrical

conductivity (EC), organic matter, Available Potassium, organic carbon, total nitrogen, and

available phosphorous



these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe,Mn and Zn


B. Electrical conductivity (EC): The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC

measurements, and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical

conductivity is expressed as µmhos/cm at 25°C, or mmhos/cm. The EC of eight soil samples

is between 2.69 to 3.89 mmhos/cm and are below the limits to be called as saline or salt

affected and hence the soils are normal for crop growth.

C. Organic matter: Although accounting for only a small part of the total soil mass in mineral

soils, organic matter influences physical, chemical and biological activities in the soil .organic

matter in soils is plant and animal residue which serves as a reserve for many essential

nutrient especially nitrogen. Determination of organic carbon in turn converted to organic

matter, helps to estimate the nitrogen which will be released by bacterial activity for the next

season depending on the climatic condition, soil aeration, pH, type of organic material and

other factors. The organic matter converted from organic carbon values ranges between 1.59

to 2.03% in the eight soil samples and is very low from crop growth point of view.

D. Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen: Total nitrogen gives an idea that how much is the potential nitrate

nitrogen is available for nitrification to release nitrate and ammonia nitrogen in the soils. The

eight soil samples ranges between 0.06 to 0.28 % and very low for crop growth.

E. Available Phosphorus (P2O5): Soil phosphorous is available in very low amounts to plants

since most of the total soil phosphorous is tied up in insoluble compounds, and its availability

depends on the soil pH. Calcium phosphate is formed in neutral and alkaline soils. Iron and

aluminum phosphate is formed in acidic sols. Phosphorous is most available from pH 6 to7

and is absorbed by plant as orthophosphate P2O5 converted from available P ranges

between 0.005 to 0.03 mg/100g and considered as very low.


70 | P a g e

Noise Environment

The noise environment was monitored during the month of September 2017. The results of

the noise environment are given below:

Table 3-14 Noise monitoring results.

Sl. No. Location Unit Results

Day Time Night Time

1

Average Noise Level

Around Project Boundary-

Ps

db(A) 54 42.8

2 N1 Village Padhar db(A) 54.2 43.2

3 N1 Village Lakhond db(A) 51.5 40.2

4 N1 Village Kukma db(A) 53.4 41.6

5 N1 Village Reldi Molti db(A) 52.4 40.7

6 N1 Village Ler db(A) 50.2 40.8

7 N1 Village Bhujondi db(A) 52.2 41.9

8 N1 Village Vadvara db(A) 52.9 41.5


permissible limits.

Geo Hydrology

The formations belonging to the Bhuj (Umia) series form the most prolific aquifer system in

the district. This aquifer is extensively developed in central part of the district in a belt extends

from Gadhuli-Dayapar-Lakhpat area in the west to Bhachau in the east. Lithologically the

Bhuj Sandstone comprises of fine to coarse grained sandstone interbedded with siltstone

and shale. The sandstone, which mainly forms the aquifer is soft, friable and highly

porous/permeable. The quality of ground water in general is fresh with EC < 3000 μS/cm,

excepting in the western Kachchh where it is mostly saline with EC > 5000 μS/cm. Besides

this, the quality of the formation water is known to deteriorate with depth in underlying lower

Bhuj formations Ground water occurs both under phreatic and confined conditions. The

unconfined of the phreatic aquifers system in this formation extends down to a depth ranging

from 20 m to about 100 m depending on the presence of aquitards/confining layers. The

ground water in central parts occur mainly in unconfined to semi-confined conditions

whereas in the western part, the deeper horizons within this system are under confined

conditions and free flow / auto flow conditions are also observed at places. The ground water

in phreatic system is generally developed through dug wells, dug-cum-bored wells and

shallow tubewells. However, due to excessive development and deepening of water levels,

most of the dug wells have gone dry, particularly in Bhachu-Dudhai, Anjar-Khedoi-Vidi, Kera-

Sisagadh and Deshalpur-NakhatranaNetra areas. In these areas, the ground water is mainly

developed through deep and medium depth tubewells ranging in depth from 80 to 250m.

Thesetubewells tap aquifer zones in the depth range of 40 to 220m with aggregate thickness

of granular zones ranging from 30 to 100m. The discharge of tubewells range between 40

and 360 m3/hr for drawdowns ranging between 3 and 12m. The piezometeric levels / water

levels in Bhuj Sandstone ranges from 30 to 70 m bgl.0


71 | P a g e

Soil Percolation

Percolation is the movement of water within soil matrix. Percolation rate control the infiltration

rate. Percolation in soils is primarily due to gravity pulling the water vertically downward. The

rate of percolation is controlled by grain size.

Percolation Test:

A percolation test consists of digging one or more holes in the soil of the proposed leach field

to a specified depth, presoaking the holes by maintaining a high-water level in the holes, then

running the test by filling the holes to a specific level and timing the drop of the water level

as the water percolates into the surrounding soil. There are various empirical formulae for

determining the required size of a leach field based on the size of facility, the percolation test

results, and other parameters. For leach line testing, a minimum of three test holes are drilled,

most commonly six to eight inches in diameter. Ideally, these should be drilled to different

depths from three to six feet below the surface. For better, more conclusive results, five drill

holes are used in a pattern of one hole at each corner of the proposed leach field and one

test hole in the center. Testing of these holes will result in a value with units of minutes per

inch. This value is then correlated to a predetermined county health code to establish the

exact size of the leach field.

Testing for horizontal pits typically requires five to eight test holes drilled in a straight line, or

along a common contour, from three to ten feet below the surface. Testing is identical to leach

line testing, though the end result is a different type of septic system, established through a

different calculation.

Vertical seepage pits are slightly different in testing methods due to their large size, but the

basic testing method is essentially the same. A hole, typically three to four feet in diameter is

drilled to a depth of twenty or thirty feet (depending on the local groundwater table), and a

fire hose is used to fill the pit as quickly as possible, and then, again, its dissipation rate is

observed. This rate is used to calculate the size and number of pits necessary for a viable

septic system.

Finally, for leach line systems and horizontal seepage pits, a "deep hole" is drilled to find the

water table or to approximately twelve feet (dry). Exact depths will again depend on local

health codes. In the case of a vertical seepage pit, local groundwater data may be used, or

if the drill hole reaches groundwater, the pit will be backfilled again according to county

health codes.

Formula for Calculation of Percolation Rate:

Percolation rate = amount of water (mL) / percolation time (min).

During the study, percolation rate of project site is found between 0.82cm/hr.

Ecology & Biodiversity

Biodiversity is often considered synonymous with species richness of the area. Identifying,

measuring, and monitoring biodiversity is a complex exercise. The Biodiversity assessment

generally concern with, conducting biodiversity inventories; for assessing existing

biodiversity. This provides the information on the biodiversity richness of the area under

consideration. The selection of indicators differs for biodiversity monitoring as per the output

required. Various criteria have been developed for selection of indicators, taking into account

biological as well as logistical aspects (Noss, 1990, UNEP, 1992).

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the Ramsar Convention and the Convention

on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) recognize, impact

assessment as an important tool for helping to ensure that development is planned and


72 | P a g e

implemented with biodiversity in mind. The CBD requests Parties to apply impact assessment

to projects, programmes, plans and policies with a potential negative impact assessment on

biodiversity. Conference of parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at

Curitiba, Brazil on March 20th-31st ,2006 suggested biodiversity to be considered in impact

assessment by providing voluntary guidelines on biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact

Assessment. CBD provides a strong international platform for applying impact assessment

techniques to biodiversity conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures

to ensure that biodiversity is addressed in projects, plan and policy decision (Article14). An

underlying justification for the application of impact assessment is also given in Article -8

which is for promoting the protection of ecosystems, natural habitats, promoting

environmentally sound and sustainable development in areas next to the protected areas.

Biological Diversity

The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as biological diversity

or Biodiversity. Biodiversity is a term which has gained enormous importance in the past few

years. Technically, it is a contraction of 'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD

(Article 2. Use of Terms), 'Biological Diversity' is "the variability among living organisms from

all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the

ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between

species and of ecosystems".

In practice, 'biodiversity' is most often used as a collective noun synonymous with nature or

'Life on Earth' (WCMC Biodiversity Series No 5, 1996). The biodiversity, we see today is the

result of billions of years of evolution, shaped by natural processes. The vast array of

interactions among the various components of biodiversity makes the planet habitable for all

species, including humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological diversity is a global

asset of tremendous value to present and future generations. At the same time, the threat to

species and ecosystems has never been as great as it is today. Species extinction caused

by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting biodiversity is for our self-

interest and for the future generation.

Physical Environment of the Area

Ajrakhpur comes under tehsil Bhuj & district Kutch. Bhuj is in the Kutch District, in the N-W

part of India. It is located at a height of about 110m in the center of the Kutch District. The

location of Bhuj is strategic as it is having hills on its eastern side & a huge lake Hamirsar on

the other side. It is located on 23.27 N latitude & 60.67 E longitude.

Climate

Summers in Bhuj are very scorching & winters are pleasant. During summers, the minimum

temperature is about 22o

C and the maximum temperature is 40o

C or more. During July &

August the city gets the maximum rainfall & then the intensity of the rainfall decreases. Winter

months are from November to February, temperature ranges between 24o

C to 28o

C.

Forests

Recorded Forest Area

The recorded forest area in the state is 18,927 km2

which works out as 9.66% of the

geographical area. Reserved, Protected and Unclassed Forests constitute 74.61%, 2.53%

and 22.86% of the total forest area respectively

.


73 | P a g e

Table 3-15: DISTRICT-WISE FOREST COVER (Area in km'

DISTRICT GEOGRAPHICAL

AREA

VERY

DENSE

MODERATELY

DENSE

OPEN

FOREST

TOTAL % GA CHANGE SCRUB

Ahmedabad 8,707 0 14 130 144 1.65 1 14

Amreli 6,760 0 63 167 230 3.4 0 36

Anand 3,214 0 18 34 52 1.62 -3 5

Banas Kantha 9,858 0 370 472 842 8.54 -2 186

Bharuch 6,458 0 81 227 308 4.77 -11 5

Bhavnagar 11,155 0 52 235 287 2.57 7 79

Dahod 4,405 1 163 540 704 15.98 2 36

Gandhinagar 649 0 6 36 42 6.47 0 2

Jamnagar 14,125 0 54 358 412 2.92 -2 66

Junagarh 8,281 15 952 641 1,608 19.42 8 23

Kuchchh 45,652 0 304 1,995 2,299 5.04 -12 564

Kheda 3,980 0 20 74 94 2.36 -1 16

Mahesana 8,540 0 19 195 214 2.51 -1 50

Narmada 2,580 20 465 474 959 37.17 0 21

Naysari 2,215 18 125 145 288 13 -2 8

Panch Mahals 4,461 0 176 394 570 12.78 0 35

Patan 3,332 0 4 79 83 2.49 0 24

Porbandar 2,326 0 16 107 123 5.29 3 16

Rajkot 11,203 0 4 137 141 1.26 0 34

Sabar Kantha 7,390 29 305 470 804 10.88 2 91

Surat 7,657 84 778 454 1,316 17.19 9 32

Surendranagar 10,489 0 8 165 173 1.65 0 92

The Dangs 1,762 209 745 414 1,368 77.64 0 3

Vadodara 7,794 0 144 479 623 7.99 0 27

Valsad 3,029 0 345 590 935 30.87 1 14

Total 196,022 376 5,231 9,012 14,619 7.46 -1 1,479

*Source: FSI 2015


74 | P a g e

Methodology

The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within

the study area. The knowledge of species habitats requirement, soil type, terrain, vegetation

etc. were used to predict species occurrence. This Rapid biodiversity assessment were

undertaken by identifying potentially rich sites from satellite imaginary (Google Earth) and

conducting the field survey in the potential habitats. GPS was utilized for locating field sample

plots as well as gathering positional attributes of sighted flora and faunal species. For Floral

survey, sample plots have been randomly distributed within the identified rich biodiversity

potential habitats that falls under study area. The methodology adopted for faunal survey

involved; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive survey, opportunistic observations,

diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles, active search for scats and foot prints and

review of previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify

trends after the commencement of production system activity. Emphasis has been placed on

presence of rare, endemic, migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study

area. Desktop literature review was conducted to identify the representative spectrum of

threatened species, population and ecological communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and

in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The status of individual species was assessed using

the revised IUCN category system.

Field study period: The ecological survey has been conducted for one season. The details

are given as below:

❖ Study period : Post-monsoon

❖ Survey sites : Ajrakhpur

❖ Core zone : At the project site

❖ Buffer zone : Around the project site in 10 km radius.

Table 3-16: Mode of Data Collection & Parameters Considered During the Survey

ASPECT DATA MODE OF DATA

COLLECTION

PARAMETERS

MONITORED

Terrestrial

Ecology

Primary data

collection By field survey Floral and Faunal diversity

Secondary

data

collection

From authentic sources like

Forests department of

forest and published

literatures.

Floral and Faunal diversity

and study of vegetation,

forest type, importance etc.

Aquatic

Ecology

Primary data

collection By field survey Floral and Faunal diversity

Secondary

data

collection

From authentic sources like

Forests department and

available published

literatures

Floral and Faunal diversity

and study of vegetation,

forest type, importance etc.

Types of Forests found in the study area

1) Desert Thorn Forest (6B/C1): This type of forest is characterized by open forests of

scattered trees found mainly in the districts of Kuchchh, Banas Kantha, Mehsana,

Junagarh and Amreli. Main species of top storey are Acacia senegal, Acacia leucophloea,

Azadirachta indica. Euphorbia neriifolia, Salvadora spp, Capparis spp, Zizyphus spp is

the main species of the lower storey.


75 | P a g e

2) Acacia Senegal Forest (6/E2): This type is found as an open overwood of pure Acacia

senegal with a few associates and little undergrowth. Major species are Acacia senegal,

Prosopis spicigera which is occasionally found growing along with Zizyphus spp. Main

districts having this type are Kuchchh, Jamnagar, Porbandar, Junagarh, Bhavnagar,

Rajkot, Surendranagar, Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar.

*Source: Atlas: Forest types of India by Champion & Seth

BIODIVERSITY OF TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENT

Habitat Description of The Project Site and Its Immediate Surroundings

Study area falling within 10 km radius (Buffer zone) from the site was predominantly

dominated by three major habitat types such as agricultural land, waste land and forest land.

The proposed site is surrounded by waste lands and industrial patch, the major crop

practiced in this region are Cotton, Wheat and Caster. The nearest habitation is in Ajrakhpur

village. Patches of waste lands with wild species of scrub vegetation and scattered tree

species dominated by Prosopis juliflora and lantana belongs to revenue department. The

water body includes talav, village ponds are located in and around study area, are seasonal

and less amount of water observed in talav during site visit.

The project site of this location is situated in an undulating terrain surrounded by forests,

hillocks and clay stones quarries are dominating in entire zone. Plain area has been

converted for agriculture activities and using drip irrigation system due to water scarcity. As

the study area is situated in the semi-arid region, entire forest patch typical dry-deciduous

forests were observed in this zone. Vegetation of this area is mainly consisting of either

xerophytes or short-lived annuals. Vegetation is sparse, because of the scarcity of water. The

thorny scrubs are the dominant vegetative cover in most of the region surveyed. In entire

region Prosopis sp. is dominant flora with less dominant species of Acacia nilotica and

Calotropis procera. Kaswali River which flows near Habai village was completely died up

during survey. In overall major vegetation in the study area is thick patch of Prosopis juliflora.

Dominant vegetation is Salvadora persica, Zizyphus sp. and Acacia sp. with ground cover

almost dry.

Floral diversity of the study area

The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and

composition of species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different

vegetation cover characteristic of each region. The following account of floral diversity, based

on the field survey conducted for a short duration in October 2017, is aimed only to give a

general pattern of vegetation of this region as a baseline data. The floral species including

trees, herbs and shrubs were documented in core and buffer zone separately during base

line study.

Core Zone (project site)

These were the species which were found within 2 kms from the project site Calotropis

procera, Prosopis juliflora, Indigofera oblongifolia, Azadirachta indica, Cassia auriculata,

Rumex dantatus, Chenopodium album, Delonix regia, Ficus elastic, Mimosa pudica, Datura

stramonium, Carica papaya.

Buffer Zone

In buffer zone totally 69 floral species observed. Among this 30 species trees 17 species

shrubs; 22 species herbs were listed in Table 3-17.


76 | P a g e

Table 3-17: Tree Species Present In The Study Area

S.No. Species Name Local Name Family

Trees

1 Acacia auriculiformis Austrialan baval Mimosaceae

2 Acacia nilotica Baval Mimosaceae

3 Acacia senegal Gobita Mimosaceae

4 Acacia planiforns Chatra Bvaval Mimosaceae

5 Ailanthus excelsa Aurdso Simarubaceae

6 Azadirachta indica Limbado Meliaceae

7 Cassia auriculata

8 Cassia fistula Garmalo Caesalpiniaceae

9 Cocos nuclifera Narial Arecaceae

10 Datura stramonium Solanaceae

11 Delonix regia Fabaceae

12 Eucalyptus sp. Nilgari Myrtaceae

13 Ficus bengalensis Vad Moraceae

14 Ficus elastica Moraceae

15 Mangifera indica Ambo Anacardiaceae

16 Mimosa pudica

17 Moringa oleifera Sargavo Moringaceae

18 Prosopis cineraria Khyigdo Fabaceae

19 Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae

20 Pithecellobium dulce Gorasmli Mimosaceae

21 Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav Annonaceae

22 Phoenix dactylifera -- Arecaceae

23 Rumex dantatus

24 Senna siamea Kasida Caesalpiniaceae

25 Ziziphus jujube Indian date Rhamnaceae

26 Tamarindus indica Imli Fabaceae

27 Salvadora persica Pilu Salvadoraceae

28 Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae


77 | P a g e

29 Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae

30 Lannea coromandelica Ash tree Anacardiaceae

Shrubs

1 Acacia jacquemontii Ratobaval Mimosaceae

2 Balanies aegyptica Delile Ingoria Balanitaceae

3 Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvel Nyctaginaceae

4 Calotropis gigantea Akado Asclepiadaceae

5 Calotropis procera Akado Asclepiadaceae

6 Capparis sepiaria Kanthar Capparaceae

7 Cassia auriculata Aval Caesalpiniaceae

8 Commiphora wightii Gugal Burseraceae

9 Datura metel Daturo Solanaceae

10 Dichrostsachys cinerea Mordundiyun Fabaceae

11 Euphorbia nivulia Thor Euphorbiaceae

12 Euphorbia tirucalli Kharsani Euphorbiaceae

13 Gossypium herbaceum Kapas Malvaceae

14 Ricinus communis Divel Euphorbiaceae

15 Zizyphus nummularia Chanibor Rhamnaceae

16 Zizyphus mauritiana Bor Rhamnaceae

17 Sapindus trifoliatus Sapindaceae

Herbs

1 Andropogon trispicatus Poaceae

2 Andropogon assimilis Poaceae

3 Argemone mexicana Mexican poppy Papaveraceae

4 Aerva javanica Gorakhganjo Amaranthaceae

5 Atriplex stocksii Amaranthaceae

6 Basilium polystachyon Dungrau Tulsi Lamiaceae

7 Dichanthium annulatum marvel grass Poaceae

8 Digitaria adscendens Poaceae

9 Cenchrus biflorus Indian sandbur Poaceae

10 Chrysopogon zizanioides bunchgrass Poaceae

11 Echinops echinatus Roxb Shulio Asteraceae


78 | P a g e

12 Echinochloa colona Jungle rice Poaceae

13 Euphorbia prostrate -- Euphorbiaceae

14 Euphorbia hirta L. -- Euphorbiaceae

15 Eragrostis ciliaris Poaceae

16 Fimbristylis dichotoma forked fimbry Cyperaceae

17 Hygrophila auriculata Acanthaceae

18 Launaea resedifolia Asteraceae

19 Parthenium

hysterophorus

Asclepiadaceae

20 Trianthema

portulacastrum

Aizoaceae

21 Tridax procumbens Coat buttons Asteraceae

22 Evolvulus alsinoides slender dwarf

morning-glory

Convolvulaceae

Cultivated plants in the study area

The main corps practiced in study area were Gossypium herbaceum (Cotton), Ricinus

communis (Castor), Solanum melogena (Brinjal), Sorghum vulgare (Jowar), Pennisetum

typhoideum (Bajra) and Cyamopsis tetragonolaba (Gawar). The crop practiced during the

winter season in this locality is Wheat (Triticum aestivum). Agricultural lands were in dried

condition except at few places where some agricultural practices were still active with drip

irrigation.

Major Crops

Major crops in the study area is Wheat (Triticum aestivum) during winter.

Minor Crops

The minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Jowar (Sorghum bicolar)

Horticulture Practices and fruit grown

Keri (Mangifera indica); Pomegranate (Punica granatum) and Chikoo (Manilkara zapota)

Rare and endangered flora in the study area

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation

status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of

thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all

regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the

most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Among the enumerated flora in

the study area, Commiphora wightii was a threat category, by RED data book of Indian Plants.

(Nayar and Sastry, 1990) and Red list of threatened vascular plants (IUCN, 2010, BSI, 2003)

Faunal biodiversity of the study area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to mammals,

birds, reptiles & amphibians, a survey had been conducted in October 2017.


79 | P a g e

Mammals from the study area

Core Zone

No mammals were observed in core zone during site visits except some domestic animals.

common birds are observed

Buffer Zone

The wild mammals were observed along with domesticated species in the buffer zone are

documented and tabulated in Table 3-18 below.

Table 3-18 : List of Species found in the buffer zone.

S.No. Scientific Name Common Name WPA-1972 IUCN list

i. Funambulus pennanti Five striped Palm squirrel IV

ii. Herpestes edwardsi Common Mongoose II

iii. Boselaphus

tragocamelus

Nilgai III

iv. Lepus nigricollis Hare IV

v. Sus scrofa Indian Wild Boar III

vi. Gazella bennettii Chinkara LC

vii. Pteropus giganteus Indian Flying Fox V LC

BIRDS OF THE STUDY AREA

Core Zone

No birds were found in proposed site except Red-wattled Lapwing.

Buffer Zone

The most commonly spotted water bird species of this area were Cattle Egret, Intermediate

Egret, Little Egret, Indian Cormorant, Black-winged Stilt, Red-wattled Lapwing, Red-naped

Ibis, Black-headed Ibis, Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of

occurrence is given in the Detailed list of birds in buffer zone were mentioned in Table 3-19

below .

Table 3-19 Systematic lists of birds in the buffer zone with its distribution and migratory

status


1 Anas platyrhynchos Mallard LC

2 Anas poecilorhyncha Spot-billed Duck LC

3 Apus apus Common Swift LC

4 Apus affinis Little swift LC

5 Accipiter badius Shikra Schedule IV LC

6 Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Kite Schedule IV LC

7 Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Schedule IV LC

8 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Schedule IV LC

9 Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret Schedule IV


80 | P a g e


10 Egretta garzetta Little Egret Schedule IV LC

11 Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron Schedule IV LC

12 Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt Schedule IV LC

13 Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing Schedule IV LC

14 Pelecanus Onocrotalus Great White Pelican LC

15 Phalacrocorax carbo Great Cormorant LC

16 Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe Schedule IV LC

17 Pseudibis papillosa Red-naped Ibis Schedule IV LC

18 Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill Schedule IV LC

19 Columba livia Rock Pigeon Schedule IV LC

20 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Schedule IV LC

21 Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater Schedule IV LC

22 Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Schedule IV LC

23 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel

Schedule IV LC

23 Surniculus lugubris Drongo Cuckoo

Schedule IV LC

24 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl

Schedule I LC

25 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin

Schedule IV LC

26 Lanius schach Long-tailed Shrike

LC

27 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin

Schedule IV LC

28 Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie-Robin

Schedule IV LC

29 Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat

- LC

30 Passer domesticus House Sparrow

Schedule IV LC

31 Pycnonotus jocosus Red-whiskered

Bulbul

Schedule IV LC

32 Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet

LC

33 Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailor bird

LC

34 Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler

Reptiles from the study area

Core Zone

Calotes versicolor was observed in core zone during field survey.

Buffer Zone

Detailed list of reptiles in buffer zone were documented in Table 3-20

Table 3-20 List of Reptiles in the buffer zone.


81 | P a g e

S.No. Common Name Scientific name

WLA-1972

WPA -1972

IUCN list

1 Common garden lizard Calotes versicolor Schedule -IV

2 Common rat snake Ptyas mucosa Schedule -II

3 Indian Cobra Naja naja Schedule -II LC

4 Russell’s Viper Daboia russelii Schedule -IV LC

5 Common Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus Schedule -II

6 Cheakered keelback Natrix piscator Schedule -IV

7 Indian Chameleon Champacuon zeylanicus Schedule -IV LC

As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for

the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or

ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental

security of the country.

Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act,

1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl

(Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other

birds are included in schedule IV.

Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), and Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus) and

Common Krait (Bungarus caeruleus) were provided protection as per Schedule - II of Wild

life protection act, (1972).

Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), is a schedule - II mammals.

Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) and Wild Boars (Sus scrofa) are provided protection by

incorporating them in schedule - III, Hares and five stripped squirrels are included in

schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972.

Aquatic Flora & Fauna

Some ponds were observed in the nearby villages around the Project site. Following species

of aquatic fauna was observed:

Table 3-21 Aquatic Flora and Fuana

S.No. Scientific Name Common Name Family

I. Marsilea spp. Aquatic fern Marsileaceae

II. Lemna spp. duckweed Araceae

III. Nelumbo nucifera lotus Nelumbonaceae

IV. Eichhornia crassipes Water hycinth Pontederiaceae

V. Hemicryptophyte hydrophyte Typha minima Typhaceae

VI. Ceratophyllum demersum hornwort Ceratophyllaceae

VII. Nasturtium officinale watercress Brassicaceae

VIII. Hydrocharis morsus-ranae common frogbit Hydrocharitaceae


82 | P a g e

IX. Potamogeton crispus curled pondweed Potamogetonaceae

Following species of zooplanktons was observed:

S.No. Scientific Name Groups Family

i. Brachionus sp. Rotifers Brachionidae

ii. Filinia minuta Rotifers Trochosphaeridae

iii. Diaptomus sp. Copepoda Diaptomidae

Following fishes were observed in the nearby village ponds:

S.No. Scientific Name Common Name Family

I. Gibelion catla Catla catla Cyprinidae

II. Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae

III. Cirrhinus cirrhosus Mrigal Cyprinidae

Greenbelt Development

The plot area of CETP is devoid of any tree species. therefore, no felling of trees will be there.

Selection of species for greenbelt development in this semiarid area is done carefully. Only

suitable species is recommended for plantation. However, in addition to above, it is proposed

to develop greenbelt around the perimeter and all available spaces.

➢ The general consideration involved while developing the greenbelt are:

➢ Trees growing up to 10 m or above in height with perennial foliage should be planted

around various available spaces of the proposed project.

➢ Planting of trees should be undertaken in appropriate distances between rows and plants

around and within the project site.

➢ Generally fast-growing local species with aesthetic values are planted.

➢ Since, the tree trunk is normally devoid of foliage up to a height of 3 m, it may be useful

to have shrubbery in front of the trees so as to gives coverage to this portion.

The species recommended for greenbelt development are given below:

Table 3-22 Along the Roadside

Sl no Botanical Name Local Name

1. Alstonia scholaris Chatin

2. Albizia chinesis Siris

3. Bauhinia purpurea Kanchan

4. Cassia fistula Honoru

5. Acacia leucophloea Safed kikkar

6. Commiphora wightii Guggul

7. Salvadora oleoides Peelu

8. Prosopis cineraria Khejri


83 | P a g e

Table 3-23 Along the CETP Infrastructure shrubs are planted

1. Grewia tenax Gondni

2. Grewia Villosa Hairy-Leaf Cross berry

3. Nerium indicum Kaner

The plantation will be at a spacing of 2.5 x 2.5 m. About 1600 trees per ha will be planted.

277 sq.m. area is available for green belt development and accordingly 45 number of trees

are proposed to be planted.

The maintenance of the plantation area will also be done by the project proponent. The

treated wastewater and the components manure generated by solids waste will be used for

the greenbelt development.

The cost of plantation per hectare is estimated at Rs. 1,00,000 per hectare which includes

sapling cost, nursery cost, labor cost, cost of manure, weeding etc. It is proposed to plant

about 277 sqm of land as a part of Greenbelt development. The total cost works out to be

Rs. 12770 for green belt development.

Socio Economic Impact Assessment

Introduction Social Impact Assessment is a major pre-requisite to begin any new project. For every new

project, socioeconomic impact assessment is mandatory. To conduct this study there are

many things come together. For this project, specifically it is not simple social assessment, it

includes history, culture, tradition and a story of struggle and move forward against a natural

calamity, i.e. Devastating Earthquake in Bhuj in 2001.

The artisan, the Khatris who populate the village was born into a centuries old tradition of

“Ajrakh,” or Block – printing. Their ancestors were recruited to Kutch from a historic province

of Pakistan, Sindh, at the king’s request for handmade textiles in the 16th

Century. Following

the Muslim tradition, Ajrakh designs are iconic: they do not depict human or animal figures.

Instead, they represent local botany, ceremonious fruits and interpretations of the night sky.

So, Ajrakhpur is where Kutchi artisans and craftsmen who do block printing live and work.

The art is called “Ajrakh “and the village derives its name from that. The village is particularly

featureless. It is in the middle of endless, open, flat Kutch country. There are remote outlines

of hills or elevations. Vegetation is scanty. Houses and workshops look the same: drab, single

storied or at most few have an additional first floor, all done in bricks and concrete,

earthquake resistant. A thousand or more villagers live here Eighty –four are block printing

craftsmen. All of them came here by way of resettlement after the Gujarat earthquake of 2001.

The assessment is made through a socio-economic survey and secondary data analysis. The

outcome of the study relies on both quantitative and qualitative measure of impacts. The

impacts are evaluated in terms of changes in community demographics, housing,

employment, wage income, market effects, public services, retail business, quality of life and

artistic qualities of the community. Qualitative assessment of community perceptions about

development is an important measure of development impacts. Assessing proposed

developments in socio-economic context will help the community leaders and local people

identify potential social equity issues, evaluate the adequacy of social services and

determine whether the project has adverse effects on overall social well-being or not.


84 | P a g e

Project site

To maintain and to continue development there is a requirement of Common Effluent

Treatment Plant for Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster. It is situated in Bhuj Tehsil, district Kutch,

Gujarat. The Proposed project is a new project. The capacity of the project CETP is 150 KLD.

Bhuj is at the distance of 14 km from the project site. The project is falling under Category

“B”. The present strength of the cluster is 49 textile processing units and it is expected that

in near future another 50 units may migrate to this cluster. Presently, the units have a monthly

production capacity of nearly 2, 87,512 meters.

Bhuj, Adipur, Gandhidham, Mandvi are the nearby city to project site.

Bhuj city have all facilities of many Schools, Colleges, Petrol pumps, Hospitals, Temples,

Hotels, ATMs, Cinema Theaters, Bus stops etc. which is a distance of14 km approx. from

project site.

Study Area

Ajrakhpur is a village has come in Existence after 2011 and Padhar is Panchayat in Bhuj

Taluka district Kachchh of Gujarat State, India. It is located 18 KM towards East from District

head quarters Bhuj. 337 KM from State capital Gandhinagar. Reldi Nani ( 4 KM ) , Vadvara (

6 KM ) , Kukuma ( 3 KM ) , Mamuara ( 7 KM ) , Saiyedpar ( 8 KM ) are the nearby Villages to

Padhar. Padhar is surrounded by Anjar Taluka towards East, Adipur Talker towards East, and

Gandhidham Taluka towards Eastand Mundra Taluka towards South.

Table 3-24 Coordinates of the stud area.

S.No. Latitude Longitude

1 23°13'53.11"N 69°47'41.35"E

The site is located at about 23°13'53.11"North Latitude and 69°47'41.35"East Longitude.

Hindi, Gujarati is the Local Language here.

Methodology

The socio-economic profile has been studied through random sample primary surveys and

secondary data. The main focus will be given to the local people in employment and

providing other amenities. Namely data was collected from local villages. Accordingly; both

qualitative and quantitative data was analyzed from secondary sources. Primary Census

Abstract 2011 is the main source of secondary data. Collection and evaluation of baseline

data for various socio-economic parameters in and around the proposed sites has been done

(within 10 km radius of the study area). Village, within the study area are being identified from

survey of India Toposheet. Fig 1 is showing the location of villages falling within10 km radius

of boundary.

On the basis of a preliminary reconnaissance survey, a questionnaire was developed to make

it suitable to fulfill the objectives of the study. The data collected during the above survey was

analyzed to evaluate the prevailing socio-economic profile of the area.


85 | P a g e

Figure 3-10 - Showing 10 Km Buffer Map Showing Settlements


86 | P a g e

Baseline Data

Total 22 villages are found in the radius of 10 km from project site as per the Map (Figure 3-

10 ). According to the 2011 census data population of 22 villages are 30,036. The male

population is 15,354 and female population is14,682.

The majorities of the people in this district still depend on agriculture but in Bhuj Tehsil

majority of people depends on handicraft. With the implementation of the proposed project

the occupational status of the people in the area will improve. Employment opportunity will

increase and it makes more people engaged in small scale and large scale industrial

activities.

Table 3-25 Demographic Profile of the study area (10km) in villages/CT Ajrakhpur District

Kachchh Gujarat:


87 | P a g e

Name of the

villages

No_H

H TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT TOT_WORK_P MAINWORK_P MARGWORK_P NON_WORK_P

Harudi 38 179 102 77 33 0 0 74 43 41 2 136

Chapreli 399 1793 892 901 233 119 0 1054 674 671 3 1119

Raydhanpa

r 250 1114 569 545 157 82 1 665 399 366 33 715

Varnora

Mota 188 996 476 520 190 248 0 433 381 355 26 615

Galpadar 85 396 196 200 72 0 0 239 212 173 39 184

Kali Talavdi 481 2345 1193 1152 334 405 4 1301 646 626 20 1699

Vadvara 51 237 120 117 46 30 1 130 105 104 1 132

Padhar 809 3726 1857 1869 564 10 41 2203 1276 1170 106 2450

Lakhond 682 3136 1560 1576 473 289 11 1827 1006 876 130 2130

Traya 145 672 329 343 105 25 0 414 351 209 142 321

Purasar 53 284 152 132 73 0 5 127 118 97 21 166

Gado 166 820 430 390 114 4 3 566 285 265 20 535

Bhujodi 789 3484 1876 1608 462 1440 3 2432 1381 1150 231 2103

Nava Vas 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kukma 1636 7216 3733 3483 986 1547 64 4916 2442 2139 303 4774

Reldi Moti 58 250 128 122 42 0 54 86 73 73 0 177

Reldi Nani 98 388 206 182 53 0 20 228 144 144 0 244

Kanderai 153 712 347 365 121 82 11 392 222 217 5 490

Vavdi 3 21 13 8 7 0 0 2 14 6 8 7

Vadva 90 464 233 231 86 0 0 276 141 114 27 323


88 | P a g e

Name of the

villages

No_H

H TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT TOT_WORK_P MAINWORK_P MARGWORK_P NON_WORK_P

Ler 81 405 206 199 95 0 0 158 112 112 0 293

Reha Mota 295 1398 736 662 182 278 0 799 479 410 69 919

Total

Village=22 6550 30036 15354 14682 4428 4559 218 18322 10504 9318 1186 19532

Terminology:-

No_HH* - Number of House Holds

TOT_P*- Total Population

TOT_M*- Total Male Population

P_06*- Population below 6 years

P_SC*- Population Scheduled Caste

P_ST* - Population Scheduled Tribe

P_LIT*- Population Literate

TOT_WORK_P* - Total Worker Population

MAINWORK_P*- Main Worker Population

MARGWORK_P*- Marginal Worker Population

NON_WORK_P*- Non WorkerPopulation.


89 | P a g e

DEMOGRAPHY

Table 3-26 Demographic Profile of the study area (10km) in Ajrakhpur Tehsil Bhuj District

Kachchh Gujrat:

Nu

mb

er o

f th

e V

illa

ge

s

Tota

l H

ouse

ho

ld

Tota

l P

op

ula

tio

n

Ma

le

Fem

ale

Pop

ula

tio

n b

elo

w 6

yrs.

SC

P

op

ula

tio

n

ST P

op

ula

tio

n

No

o

f lite

ra

te

Tota

l w

orke

r

Ma

in W

orker

Ma

rg

inal W

orke

r

No

n- w

orke

r

SUM TOTAL of

22Villages/

CT

655

0

3003

6

1535

4

1468

2

442

8

455

9

21

8

1832

2

1050

4

931

8

118

6

1953

2

*Source: Census 2011

The above table 3-26 presents the demographic profile of the 22 villages located within 10km

radius of the project area in Tehsil Bhuj in district Kachchh Gujarat. All these villages are falling

within Tehsil Bhuj.

Baseline Data




of 21 peoples.


79.31%.The Schedule Caste population is 15.17%.The Schedule Tribe community found in these

villages is very less only 0.72%. There are few villages where no schedule caste or schedule

tribe population. The population, below six year is 14.74%. Total working population is



Social Composition

Population of the study area is predominantly Muslims. Hindus, Jains and Christians are also

present in the study area. The main communities among Hindus are Hingora, Sindhi Rajpoots

and Patel etc. From the baseline data it is found that the majority of population in these villages

followed by Muslim with a number of Hindus. Hindi is the most widely spoken language with

Gujarati, Kutchi and Sindhi.

Culture

Bhuj is a famous hub of handicraft work like bandhni (tie-dye) and leatherwork. Artisans of nearby

villages bring their artwork for sale in Bhuj haat which is situated near jubilee ground. Bhuj is


90 | P a g e

famous for the jolly nature of its citizens, who usually go to the surroundings of Hamirsar Lake to

relax.

Ajrakhpur is known worldwide for the art of Ajrakh, block printing uses colors derived from nature,

such as indigo, mixture of camel dung, henna, soda ash and castor oil, sprays of turmeric water,

pomegranate peel boiled in water, waste iron, my robalan, madder, root of rhubarb and mud.

Scrap iron is a common sight around the workshops in this village. This is because the colour

black is created using a mix of iron, jaggery, and gram flour. In some cases, the fabrics are

washed up to 20 times. This process takes about 10 days and produces around 200 litres of it in

one batch. Bhuj is also famous for its food, especially pakvans, dabelies (a local burger stuffed

with mashed potato, cooked with masala curry and serious chutneys).

Economy

The market for Ajrakh is growing. There is demand from abroad. Marketing and supply chains

are better managed today. In India, firms like Fabindia, Anokhi, and Itokri sourced what they

made. But the artisans are unable to generate more volumes. The use of natural dyes has

increased prices and impacted demand. Another worry is the depletion of ground water. Water

is vital for printing and washing .Small rivulets and water flows in Kutch have dried up due to

dams built on the Indus river in Sindh. The village has electricity only for six hours daily.

Whatever be it, the art of Ajrakh has to go on. It is too beautiful and aesthetic to let perish. The

strong economic reason is it gives employment and regular income to the Khatris.

Employment

The project would be promoting better employment and ancillary business opportunities of local

population. The local area is backward and most of the population is engaged in handicraft

activities and income in this area is depending on a single occupation. The Proposed project

CETP shall enhance the socio-economic status of the area. There are few skilled and unskilled

labours during construction phase and five to six persons during operational phase will be

employed in the project.

Road, Rail and Air Connectivity

The Ajrakhpur is well connected with Road and railway.

The Nearest Railway Station: Kukma Railway Station, Kutch: Approx. 3km, in SW direction (Aerial

Distance).

The Nearest Airport: Bhuj Airport, Kutch: Approx. 14km, in WNW Direction (Aerial Distance).

The Nearest Highway: National Highway NH-42 is at a distance of approx 0.5km in North

direction.

3.17.6.1 Basic Amenities

Educational

The Bhuj has all facility of schools, college and educational institutes which is approx. 14 km

from the project site. Alfred High School, the first high school of Kutch in Bhuj, established in

1870, is also an architectural heritage of the town. Kranti guru Shyamji Krishna Verma Kachchh

University also located in Bhuj. The university has 41 colleges affiliated, nineteen of which are in


91 | P a g e

Bhuj. The university gives degrees in Arts, Science, Commerce, Law Education, Management,

Pharmacy, Social Welfare, Medicine and Engineering.

Medical

The Bhuj has all type of medical facilities like Nursing Home, Charitable Hospital, Primary Health

Centers and Ayurvedic Hospital besides many private clinics which are about 14 km from the

project site. But there is primary health centre in village. There are also Unani, Ayurvedic, and

Homeopath along with Allopathic Treatment. Adani Institute of Medical Sciences is also situated

in Bhuj.

Electricity

Electricity is available in all small villages of study area. But there is lack of continuous power

supply.

Housing and Drinking water

A major part of the houses in the study area pucca houses. All villages in the study area have

water supply for domestic purposes. The sources of water supply in most of the villages are

through pipe line however people have preference for ground water. The water source in these

areas is through the water supply connection and private bore wells.

Transport

The general mode of transportation is by road. National Highway is at the distance of 0.5 km

from the project site. Private Vehicles like private buses services, Auto Rickshaw and many

private tour operators also share a major responsibility of the transport in the study area.

Numbers of private and state Govt. buses of Gujarat State Road Transport

Corporation (GSRTC) are operating on roads. State Transport buses are available from the ST

stand in the middle of the town to various places in Gujarat. The existing local transport facility

is, appears to be sufficient.

Post and Telegraph

The Post office facility, telegraph office and telephone office and telephone, FAX, STD, ISD etc.

is located in some nearest villages. The study area is connected through mobile.

The Bhuj town with all modern facility is at distance of14 Km from the project site.

Interpretation of primary data:

From field visit and survey it has been drawn that the nearest villages are Padhar and Kukma ,

both are at the distance of 3 km from the project site. According to the document the total area

is 4,608 sq.m. and it is a flat waste land. The approach road to the project site from the village

is Pucca. The nearest State Highway is Bhuj Bhachau SH at a distance of 700mtr.

There are nursery and primary schools are in Ajrakpur. There is a secondary school is in Kakond

, named BMCM Secondary School. For further studies students go to Bhuj. In Bhuj there is

Degree College and ITI.

Electricity and telephone connection are available in this village. Approximately 145 Households

have their inside home electric connection. The main telephone office is in Bhuj. There is a Post

office is in Kukma which is at a distance of 3 Km.


92 | P a g e

Kukma also has the medical facilities. Primary Health Centre is situated in Kukuma. So doctors

are available there. District Hospital is in Bhuj which is at a distance of 14 km.

Banking facility is also available in Padhar. Central Bank is there to serve the local people.

Ajrakpur Bus Stop is also very near from the project site. It is only 700mtr from the site.

So from the interpretation it is clear that the basic necessities and arrangements of modern day

to day life is present in Ajrakpur and the proposed project will bring more opportunities for locals

towards the development.

Place of Historical or Archaeological Interest

Ajrakhpur, the main project area itself is a place of interest. It was discussed in the starting of

analysis. Bhuj also is a place of Historical or Archaeological importance. The Bhuj town is located

at distance of about 14Km from project site. Bhuj is named after his Bhojia Fortress.

The Bhuj is named after his Bhujia fortress. The region is said to have witnessed the Indus Valley

civilization, exile of the Pandavas during the Mahabharata period. Bhuj is most famous for the

wide variety of handicraft which includes Kutchi embroidery with mirror work, bandhini, hand

printed textiles textiles and saris etc. Bhuj remained an independent state under the rule of the

British.

Overview of the study area

Ajrakhpur is the village in Bhuj taluka. Bhuj is one of the regions which are affected by

tremendous Earthquake. When most of the people were celebrating Republic Day on January

26, 2001, a devastating earthquake caused an extensive damage to human life and property in

Gujarat, besides damages to houses, property and loss of livestock. The state of Gujarat suffered

an unprecedented damage to its physical infrastructure. The area Ajrakhpur is predominant by

Khatri community. Khatri is a caste from the northern Indian subcontinent. The Muslim Khatri are

originally from Hindu Khatri community who had converted to Islam Khatris in India

and Pakistan are mostly from the Punjab region. Scott Cameron Levi describes Khatris among

the "most important merchant communities of early modern India.

This area is not sound in respect of basic amenities like education and health.

The occupational pattern of people in Ajrakhpur village is block printing. Khatri is communities

are engaged in the work of block printing art called Ajrakh. But the involvements of females

are negligible only men are working in this occupation.

The Ajrakhpur village is known for his natural dyes not only in India but also in Abroad.

Overall review of the Socio-Economic report of the study area it has found that the area is not

Educationally, Economically sound. But the Block printing art Ajrakh provide an employment

opportunity to local people and give them a motive to live better life. Proposed project will help

in the improvement of area for management of effluent from industries.

Prominent Industries in Tehsil Bhuj

Bhuj has become an industrial hub of Gujarat. In the past one decade there are many prominent

industries developed in Bhuj. The most prominent Genre of industries that has grabbed good

hold in Bhuj is the chemical and mineral industry. Apart from chemical industry the place even


93 | P a g e

has got many small and large scale industries. The business and economy of Bhuj has seen

leap with significant industrialization in the city. The administration of the Bhuj has helped to

these industries greater extent to grow. It is support of the government of Gujarat that Bhuj has

the maximum industries in Kutch district. The Various Manufacturing setup industries names like

Aashapura Minechem Limited, Gujarat Minerals Development Corporation Ltd., Gimpex Ltd.,

Mangal Minerals, Anchor Health & Beauty Care, Laviosa Trimex Ind. (pvt.) Ltd., Hansa Exports,

PSK Minerals Development Pvt.Ltd., Bharat Automobiles, ORG Engitech Pvt. Ltd, Synthetic

Textile Export promotion Council, PACL Ltd., A to Z Building Material, Shukra Land Developers,

Patwa Traders All have their units in the town with hundreds of companies in present times.

Impact Assessment & Conclusion:

The project activity together with inflow of capital and employment of local inhabitants has shown

positive impact on the overall social and economic condition of the people of the area. The

project has provided a direct opportunity to the artisans and locals. Literacy has further

increased because of better income and awareness amongst the people. Indirect employment

is being generated in trade and other ancillary services. Employment in these sectors is both

permanent and temporary or contractual and involvement of unskilled labour. Major parts are

this labour force is mainly from local villagers who are expected to engage themselves both in

agriculture and project activities. This enhances their income and lead to overall economic

growth of the area. The following socio-economic changes are expected due to project activities:

➢ The proposed project CETP provides employment to the Artisans and local peoples.

➢ The project is having positive impact on income through multiplier effect.

➢ The employment shall be in the form of skilled as well as unskilled worker.

➢ CETP reduce water pollution.

➢ Cleanness of the area will be improved by the management of water and other effluent by

CETP.

➢ The impact of the proposed project will improve the people`s quality of life.

➢ The establishment of CETP is essential, because the effluents are coming from Block Printing

Cluster at Village Ajrakhpur, So to maintain the social and environment balance construction

and impact of the proposed project is for the betterment of local people and their livelihood.

Rehabilitation &Resettlement (R&R) Action Plan

The site is free from any settlement so there is no need of displacement of the people for

proposed project, hence, No R&R applicable.


94 | P a g e

CHAPTER 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES


95 | P a g e

4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Identification Of Impacts

Various sources of pollutions with respect to wastewater, air emissions, hazardous waste and

noise generation along with their qualitative and quantitative analysis as well as measures taken

to control them are discussed herein with details. The network method was adopted to identify

potential impact, which involves understanding of cause-condition-effect relationship between

an activity and environmental parameters. This method involves the “road map” type of approach

to the identification of second and third order effects. The basic idea is to account for the project

activity and identify the type of impact that could initially occur followed by the identification of

secondary and tertiary impacts.

Predictions And Evaluation Of Impacts

Evaluation is an absolute term used for assessment and prediction by means of numerical

expression or value. Assessment is the process of identifying and interpreting the environmental

consequences of the significant actions. Prediction is a way of mapping the environmental

consequences of the significant actions.

Significant Action depicts direct adverse changes caused by the action and its effects in health

or biota including flora, fauna and human, socio-economic conditions, landforms and resources,

physical and cultural heritage properties and quality of bio-physics surrounds.

Prediction requires scientific skill drawn from many disciplines. Prediction of ecological

components is often uncertain, because their response to environmental stress cannot be

predicted in absolute terms. The assessor (one who does the assessment) and decision maker

(one who take the decision after adequate analysis of assessment report) is expected to be

aware of the degree of uncertainty. The assessor generally uses the following methods and

resources for impact assessment.

• ¨ Field surveys and monitoring

• ¨ Guideline and modeling

• ¨ Literature surveys and interviews

• ¨ Qualification and experience

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical and biological, cultural and

socioeconomic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under study

for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach for

assessing and predicting these impacts.

Impact assessment is based on conceptual notions on how the universe acts that is intuitive

and/or explicit assumption concerning the nature of environmental process. In most of cases the

predictions consists of indicating merely whether there will be degradation, no change or

enhancement of environment quality. In other cases, quantitative ranking scales are used. The

selection of indicator is crucial in assessment because impacts are identifies and interpreted

based on impact indicator. An impact indicator is a parameter that provides a measure (in at

least some qualitative or numerical sense) of the significance and magnitude of the impact. In

India indicator is developed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in the form of primary

water quality criteria, biological water quality criteria, and national ambient quality criteria for air

and noise.

The impact of the proposed project on the surrounding environment has been considered based

on the information collected at site and from proponent. The environmental impacts have been

categorized as long or short term and reversible or irreversible. Primary impacts are those, which


96 | P a g e

are attributed directly by the project while secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly

induced. These typically include the associated investment and changed pattern of social and

economical activities by the proposed project of CETP.

Direct impacts occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental, social, or

economic component. For example, discharge of effluent from the Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

into a river may lead to a decline in water quality in terms of high biochemical oxygen demand

(BOD) or dissolved oxygen (DO) or rise of water toxins or rise of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS),

etc.

Indirect impacts on the environment are those which are not a direct result of the project, often

produced away from or as a result of a complex impact pathway. The indirect impacts are also

known as secondary or even tertiary impacts. For example, ambient air SO2 rise due to stack

emissions may deposit on land as SO4 and cause acidic soils. Another example of indirect

impact is the decline in water quality due to rise in temperature of water bodies receiving cooling

water discharge from the nearby industry. This, in turn, may lead to a secondary indirect impact

on aquatic flora in that water body and may further cause reduction in fish population.

Cumulative impact consists of an impact that is created as a result of the combination of the

project evaluated in the EIA together with other projects in the same vicinity causing related

impacts. These impacts occur when the incremental impact of the project is combined with the

cumulative effects of other past, present and reasonably foreseeable future projects.

Scientific techniques and methodologies based on mathematical modeling are available for

studying impacts of various project activities on environmental parameters. The nature of the

impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each parameter identified in

proceeding chapters, is singularly considered for the anticipated impact due to various activities

listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 in increasing order of

activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each parameter is discussed in detail covering

the following:

a. Project activities like to generate impact

b. Quantification and prediction of impact

Minor and temporary impacts are expected due to the construction activities. All the impacts of

construction phase will be short term only and its very limited as minor construction work is

anticipated for requirement of project.

Operation of the project may be potential to affect quality of life, air, noise, water, land and flora,

fauna and human by increase in air, noise and water pollution, by increase in common effluent,

by pollution from air emission through flue gas emission and MEE evaporation.

During the operation phase, the following activities are considered significant.

a) Air emission (Significant)

b) Noise generation (Minor)

c) Hazardous waste generation (Significant)

d) Water use and waste water treatment (Significant)

e) Employment Generation (Minor)

The operation of the project will involve discharge of pollutants. There will be air emission,

hazardous waste generation and mechanical noise. An assessment of the quantitative changes

in the various environmental components is therefore essential for predicting the impact.


97 | P a g e

Operational phase activities will have impacts, either short terms or long term and reversible or

irreversible on ambient air and noise, surface and ground water, land, socio-economic and

cultural environment.

Air Environment

Air pollution can cause significant effects on the ambient environment, and subsequently on

humans health, animals, vegetation and materials. It primarily affects the respiratory (e.g. by fine

dust), circulatory (e.g. by carbon monoxide) systems in humans. In most cases, air pollution

aggravates pre-existing diseases or degrades health status, making people more susceptible

to other infections or the development of chronic respiratory and cardiovascular diseases.

Environmental impacts from air pollution can include acidic deposition and reduction in visibility.

Assessment of prevailing ambient air quality status in the vicinity of proposed project site is an

important part of environmental impact assessment study. The hot semi-arid climatic conditions,

especially winds prevailing in India mainly control the dispersion of air pollutants during different

seasons. According to the India climatology, for all practical purposes in air pollution studies,

there are three seasons in a year, viz. winter, pre-monsoon and post-monsoon. For the

quantitative assessment of the environmental impact on the ambient air environment during

these seasons, atmospheric dispersion modeling is required. Atmospheric dispersion modeling

is the mathematical simulation of how air pollutants disperse in the ambient atmosphere. It is

performed with computer programs that solve the mathematical equations and algorithms which

simulate the pollutant dispersion. The dispersion models are used to estimate or to predict the

concentration of air pollutants emitted from sources on the desired area. Such models are

important to governmental agencies tasked with protecting and managing the ambient air

quality. The models are typically employed to determine whether the ambient air quality level

due to proposed project will compliance with the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(NAAQS) or not. Over and above models also serve to assist in the design of effective control

strategies to reduce emissions of harmful air pollutants

Construction Phase Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Construction of the proposed CETP will be carried out on a designated land. The existing

transportation infrastructure will be utilized for the proposed project during construction phase.

A number of sources in construction phase that cause potential impacts on air quality, which

include:

• Dust and air emission particularly due to the excavation, construction and movement of

vehicles, concrete mixing machinery, concrete conveyers, bucket conveyers, air blowers

resulting in air pollution.

• Generation of fumes and exhaust gases due to welding works.

• Due to vehicular traffic there may be a marginal increase in the concentrations of NOx

and SO2.

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts during construction phase are:

• Periodical checking of vehicles and construction machinery to ensure compliance of

emission standards

• Suitable surface treatment to ease the traffic flow and regular sprinkling of water shall be

carried out to control dust/fugitive emission.

• Regular sprinkling of water must be carried out to control dust/fugitive emission.


98 | P a g e

• Construction materials must be stored in covered shed.

Operation Phase Impacts & Mitigation Measures

For the proposed project, there will not be any need of combustion process except operation of

DG set in case of power failure. There will not be any regular and continuous point source of

flue gas emission. Operation of biological treatment plant and sludge drying process to certain

extent there may be chance of odour nuisance

The source will be mainly from point source emissions and fugitive emission.

• Fugitive emission - Movement of Vehicles during operation phase.

• Point Source emission- Point source emissions are from D.G. Sets (Stand by for power in

case of emergency).

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures for air quality during operation phase are:

• Attenuation of pollution through greenbelt/green cover.

• The generators would be provided with a stack of proper height (as per Environment (P)

Rules, 1986, item 96) for the proper dispersal of pollutants emitted from the stack.

• Dilution of odorant, odor counter action or neutralize, odor masking or blanketing

• Regular monitoring of ambient air

• Control vehicle speed on sight.

• DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.

• Aromatic plants shall be planted in the proposed green belt area in order to control odor

related problems.

Water Environment

With respect to water environment, the aspects related to EIA are: Raw water availability,

consumption, wastewater generation and its disposal. The project is to treat wastewater and sent

for reuse to member units. That will reduce the fresh water consumption.

Construction Phase Impacts & Mitigation Measures

There are three activities that have potential to cause impact upon the water environment, viz.

construction activities, abstraction of water for construction requirement and sanitation. During

Construction, drainage pattern and water supply system of overland water flow will be somewhat

changed for the site preparation activities. Potential impacts may be on surface water quality

could arise from dust emissions (from vehicles and disturbance of soil), high-suspended solids

(from storm water runoff) and sanitary waste.

• Surface water quality is likely to be affected due to soil erosion during first rain.

• Surface runoff from project Site, oil/fuel and waste spills. Improper debris disposal.

• The wastewater produced from labour colony may be a concern for the public health.

• Runoff related to unpaved and excavated areas during the rain shower.

Mitigation Measures

• During the construction phase, modular septic tanks shall be provided.


99 | P a g e

• Management of Muck generated shall be done in environmentally sound manner. i.e.

landscaping etc.

• Hazardous waste generated at site shall be disposed off as per rules.

• Proper Storm water drainage system to collect surface runoff.

• Exposed stockpiles should be covered with tarpaulin or impervious sheet before a

rainstorm occur.

Operation Phase Impacts & Mitigation measures

Total expected effluent to be treated at CETP is 150 KLD from the member units. The purpose

of CETP is to provide treatment to waste water and further reusing the treated water. The major

source of Water pollution during operation phase can be:

• Leakage from the CETP units.

• Leakage from waste water conveyance system.

• Disposal of effluent without proper treatment.

• These activities would significantly impact on inherent characteristics of water bodies.

Mitigation Measures

Appointment of qualified personnel for plant operation and handling of waste water efficiently.

Preventive maintenance will be carried for effective operation of equipment/plant: -

• Environmental management plan shall be strictly followed.

• Ensure no treated water discharge outside the premises.

• Ensure an Effluent Quality Monitoring Scheme in place

• Ensure an Effluent Collection System & Monitoring in place

• Ensure Effluent Management in place

• Ensure Pipelines Maintenance Program in place

• The treated effluent from CETP will be reused to the maximum extent within the cluster area.

• Domestic wastewater from units will be treated along with effluent stream

• CETP will be constructed with strong foundation and water proof strong RCC work to avoid

any seepage and with enough free paces to avoid spillage.

• The partially treated and untreated effluent is mandatorily passed through CETP. Thus it

offers double safety in order to meet the stringent norms.

• Monitoring of ground water will be done regularly.

Impact On Land

Impact of on land environment can be due to air pollution, Water (effluent) pollution and solid

wastes (hazardous) generation handling and its disposal. Impact can be direct or indirect.

Construction Phase Impact & Mitigation Measures

For proposed construction of treatment units at 1102.5 sq.m area, there will not be any change

in land use due to proposed project. However certain impacts envisaged are:

• Overburden and construction waste, if not properly stacked, may pollute the soil.

• The top soil will be stripped from constructional areas and stockpiled for later reuse in

landscaping.

• To ensure against any chances of soil pollution, it is imperative to establish a well-planned

solid waste collection system covering all areas of the project site.

Mitigation Measures


100 | P a g e

• The project site is an open area without vegetation or human activity, and is allotted for the

development of CETP; therefore, there will not be any impact on the present land use

pattern of the area.

• The overburden and construction waste will be reused as early as possible in the

construction and for land filling during landscaping of project site.

• Proper drainage system shall be provided to deal with the storm water in case of rain.

Operation Phase Impact & Mitigation Measures

The CETP is only a treatment for untreated effluent received from different member units; No

treated water will be discharged outside the premises. Hence no adverse impact is envisaged.

Mitigation Measures

No major significant impacts are envisaged on land. The following mitigation measures are

proposed to ensure safe operation of CETP: -.

• Environmental management plan shall be strictly followed.

• Ensure no treated water discharge outside premises.

• Ensure Effluent Quality Monitoring Scheme in place

• Ensure Effluent Collection System & Monitoring in place

• Ensure Effluent Management in place

• Ensure Pipelines Maintenance Program in place

Noise Environment

Construction Phase Impact and Mitigation Measures

The main source of noise generation will be from activities at project site. The operation of these

activities will generate noise up to 85 dBA. This type of noise generation and its impact will be

short-term or temporary.

During the construction phase of project, noise will be generated from the various sources which

are listed here under:

• Generation of noise due to movement of vehicles carrying materials, loading and

unloading activities.

• Generation of noise from excavation machines, concrete mixer and other heavy

construction machines.

• Generation of noise during the functioning of D.G. Set.

• Generation of noise during hammering, breaking etc.

Mitigation Measures

Adequate noise control measures are listed below:

• Provision of Personal Protective equipment (PPE) such as muffles/plugs etc. to the

workers.

• Acoustic enclosures to be provided for compressors for drills and rock cutter.

• All construction equipment shall be fitted with noise control measures.

• Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery to be done regularly and during

routine servicing operation, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if

found defective to be replaced.


101 | P a g e

• Vehicle for bringing construction material at site shall conform to the noise emission

standards and to be operated during non-peak hour

• Construction work will be carried out during day time only.

• Ambient noise level monitoring shall be conducted at suitable locations at periodic

intervals during construction phase to conform to the stipulated standards during both

day and night time. Data shall be reviewed and analyzed for adhering to any strict

measures

Operation Phase Impact and Mitigation Measures

The potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:

Impacts due to Operation of Treatment Units

The operation of CETP does not have any adverse impact on surrounding environment as

sufficient greenbelt shall be provided in periphery of plot boundary. The operation of ETP units

and associated machinery such as pumps, blowers, agitators, aerators including the D.G. set is

likely to generate noise in the range of 60 to 65 db (A) and can be experienced at site boundary.

As treatment of effluent is a continuous activity, such noise is also generated along, during both

daytime and night time. All noise generating equipments such as Air Blowers and DG Sets shall

be provided with suitable acoustic enclosures in order to control noise.

Mitigation Measures

Distribution of protective equipments such as ear plugs and mufflers for staff in the CETP area.

• Pumps and blowers may be mounted on rubber pads or on other noise absorbing

material(s);

• Proper scheduling of noise generating activities to minimize noise impacts.

• Usage of well-maintained construction equipment meeting the regulatory standards.

• Provision of acoustic enclosures on noise generating equipments (such as Air Blowers

and DG Set) during operation.

• Periodic maintenance of equipments/replacing whenever necessary/lubrication of

rotating parts etc., will reduce noise levels from operating equipments during

construction and operation phase.

• In case of steady noise levels above 85-dB(A), initiation of hearing conservation

measures.

• Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation.

Solid Waste Management

Impacts

During construction phase Muck generated will be used for backfilling and leveling of project site.

The topsoil will be preserved separately and reused for landscaping. The construction wastes are

largely scraps, aggregates and other construction material rejects. While no health hazard is

expected from such wastes, unplanned disposal can cause safety concerns.

During operation phase, biodegradable solid wastes such as waste vegetables, foods and no

biodegradable solid wastes viz. metals, papers, cartons, plastics, glass etc. are likely to be

generated. Such wastes may include hazardous wastes also, and unless treated or disposed

adequately can cause health and environmental hazards. Especially with a high groundwater


102 | P a g e

table, it is extremely important to avoid any soil contamination that may ultimately leach into

the groundwater reserves of the area. The biomedical wastes that will be generated from the

project pose various health hazards.

Unless rendered harmless prior to disposal. Most of these wastes will be infectious or cytotoxic.

However, an integrated waste management plan in accordance to all applicable regulations

and guidelines is proposed to ensure against any such incidence.

Mitigation Measures

To ensure against any nuisance caused by improper disposal of wastes, it is proposed to

identify waste collection areas within the site that will be regularly cleared. Recyclable wastes will

be sold off to scrap dealers and recyclers, while inert wastes will be made available for filling and

leveling of low lying areas. Hazardous wastes will be disposed off as per the provisions of the

Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 and as

amended.

Waste oil and batteries will be disposed through sale to authorized recyclers and buy

back arrangements respectively. Inert wastes will be transported to the waste dump site. CFLs

shall be stored in the premises until ‘Lamp Recycling Units’ are set up that will receive and recycle

the bulbs in an environmentally sound manner. Storage shall be in a cemented and covered area.

All hazardous wastes will be stored and disposed as per the Hazardous Wastes Management

Rules, 2016. All movements of the hazardous waste shall be in accordance to the Manifest system

in the said notification. The wastes shall be disposed at the nearby, authorized TSDF site. Care

will be taken such that the collection vehicles are well maintained and equipped with air and noise

pollution control mechanism. During transportation of waste, it will be covered to avoid littering.

Infrastructure And Services

Diesel Generator having a capacity of 10 KVA (1 Nos.) is proposed at site for emergency

purposes. The transportation of raw materials and hazardous/solid waste will be by road. As

stated earlier, the site is near to National Highway no. NH42. As a result of implementation of

project, there will be a marginal increase in transportation activity as compared to present total

traffic.

During construction phase, labour will be hired from the nearby villages. Proper Sanitation

facilities will be provided to workers at the site such as Drinking water facility, Septic tank for

collection of wastewater etc. Manpower required during the construction phase will be 6 Nos.

During operation phase, Manpower required will be 4 Nos. Proper sanitation facilities will be

given to the workers at site. The wastewater generated at the project site will be treated in the

functional CETP itself. The drinking water will be met through ground water or Water tanker

supply.

As a result of development of plant, the neighboring areas will be influenced for commercial use.

The infrastructure services e.g. roads, state transport, post and telegraph, communication,

education and medical facilities, housing, etc. in the surrounding areas will be improved.

Pipeline


103 | P a g e

The impact due to laying of pipelines may be soil contamination, ground water disturbance.

Thus, the laying of the pipelines shall be monitored w.r.t slope of ground for distributing flow of

the effluent, pressure control etc. Proper mitigation measures shall be accounted for its operation

as like leak detection system, physical verification of pipelines periodically.

Housing

No township is constructed or proposed. Enough number of dwellings is available in nearby

towns and villages for accommodating extra workforce. In neighboring towns or villages, the

impact on this account is minimal.

Ecology

The impact due to operation of the project and its activities on the ecological parameters like

natural vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forests and species diversity is

summarized below.

Natural Vegetation

During construction phase dust would be the main source of emission due to site development,

laying the effluent pipeline network. Due to generation of fugitive dust emission there would be

slight impact on natural vegetation of the surrounding area which will be a short period of time.

The proper measure shall be taken i.e. sprinkling of water to resist the dust emission and proper

surface treatment. Therefore, the adverse impact on natural vegetation is negligible. Green belt

will be developed by the industry, which will lead to beneficial impact.

During the operation phase, spillage of effluent from the site and conveyance system shall

impact on the natural vegetation. The proper measure shall be taken to avoid any spillage of

effluent from the site and conveying system and regular monitoring will be carried for prevention

of same. Therefore, the adverse impact over any of the ecological components of the

environment is negligible.

Hydrology

The water requirement for the construction phase shall be met through the canal water. No

ground water will be extracted hence impact will be insignificant.

The water requirement for the operation phase will be 5KLD only & sourced from proposed

borewell and member units shall reuse the treated water for their industrial activities.

Forest And Species Diversity

The details of flora / fauna species and the wildlife habitat in the study area have been collected

to determine the existence of rare and / or endangered species. There is no reserved forest,

national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant. There was no acquisition of forest

land or parks for development of proposed plant, hence impact will be insignificant.

Fisheries And Aquatic Life

No commercial fishery activities are observed within 10 Km radius of the project site. Treated

water will in no case discharged outside of premises, hence no major impact is envisaged.


104 | P a g e

Socio - Economic Impacts

Demography, Economics, Sociology And Human Settlement

There are beneficial effects due to improved communication and that resulted in economic

prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to better health and family welfare

facilities. There has been a beneficial effect on human settlement due to employment

opportunities from various industries in the area. Local quality of life will be improved due to the

proposed plant. This factor combined with all other mitigation measures like proper treatment

and disposal of Hazardous and liquid wastes, has a beneficial impact on human settlement and

employment opportunities. There is no displacement of population in plant area. Any major

activity that may lead to resettlement of the people is considered as permanent impact. Hence,

there is no permanent impact on this account.

Employment Opportunities

During construction phase, skilled and unskilled manpower will be needed. This will temporarily

increase the employment opportunity. Secondary jobs are also bound to be generated to provide

day-to-day needs and services to the work force. This will also temporarily increase the demand

for essential daily utilities in the local market.

The manpower requirement for the proposed CETP is expected to generate some permanent

jobs and secondary jobs for the operation and maintenance of plant. This will increase direct /

indirect employment opportunities and ancillary business development to some extent for the

local population. This phase is expected to create a beneficial marginal impact on the local

socio-economic environment.

Public Health

During construction period, workers will be provided with basic amenities like safe water supply,

low cost sanitation facilities, first aid, required personal protective equipment, etc. Otherwise,

there could be an increase in diseases related to personnel hygiene.

Hence, there will not be any significant change in the status of sanitation and the community

health of the area, as sufficient measures have been taken and proposed under the EMP.

Places Of Archaeological/Historical/Religious/Tourist Interest

Ajrakhpur, the main project area itself is a place of interest. It was discussed in the starting of

analysis. Bhuj also is a place of Historical or Archaeological importance. The Bhuj town is located

at distance of about 14Km from project site. Bhuj is named after his Bhojia Fortress.

The Bhuj is named after his Bhujia fortress. The region is said to have witnessed the Indus Valley

civilization, exile of the Pandavas during the Mahabharata period. Bhuj is most famous for the

wide variety of handicraft which includes Kutchi embroidery with mirror work, bandhini, hand

printed textiles textiles and saris etc. Bhuj remained an independent state under the rule of the

British. Thus Tehsil Bhuj is 14km away from the project site. Hence no major impact is envisaged.

Biological Environment

Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-term;

irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the proposed activity

during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are considered most significant

as far as the impact on flora and fauna are concerned:


105 | P a g e

1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity?

2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation?

3. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or endemic or

threatened (REET)species?

4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of food

chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships?

The proposed CETP shall treat the effluent generated from member units. All the effluent shall

be sent to the CETP through an underground pipeline. No direct or indirect damage is expected

to the flora and fauna of the buffer zone as there is no stack or emissions. Further, as there are

no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any

threat to the flora and fauna of the study area. As the facility is required to operate and maintain

the effluent norms within the limits specified by the CPCB / GPCB, the effects of the CETP on the

flora and fauna of the buffer zone shall be negligible. Neither the storm water nor the effluent

water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from the CETP shall get in to the drinking water

resources.

Terrestrial Ecology

Anticipated Impacts

Construction works at the project site involves land clearance and leveling leading to loss of the

present flora. But there are no valuable ecological or biological resources. There are few trees

outside the project area and they will be saved. During construction, there is every possibility of

dust generation which could impact the growth and health of pants.

Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET) Species

The major concerns are about the adverse and unmanageable long-term negative impacts

which could pose an additional threat to REET. As it is evident from the status of flora, fauna and

biodiversity of the study area, there are no REET species. Hence, there is no possibility of any

additional threat to the REET. Further it is a small project, no much impact is envisaged.

Mitigation Measures.

All standard and routine mitigation measures applicable to CETP shall be in place. Modern

techniques like water sprinklers and other means, as referred under Air environment section

need to be followed. As there are no REET species either in the project site (core area) or within

the buffer zone. No specific conservation plans are envisaged.

Schedule I species i.e, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is found in the study area. Conservation plan is

provided as Annexure.

During Construction Phase & Operation Phase

Construction mainly involves a few sheds, a stack and erection and fabrication of equipment. At

least one such unit is in operation in every district all over India. As the site is mostly barren with

only one medium size tree, the loss of any vegetation is negligible. However, during operation,


106 | P a g e

if the waste materials or recyclables or rejects are discarded or disposed improperly, it could

lead to contamination of soil.

Impact Matrix

Various activities from the CETP project are likely to have some impact on the environmental

constituents during its construction as well as operational phase. The matrix method has been

adopted for the identification and evaluation of the environmental impacts. The method involves

identification of the interaction between project activities and environmental characteristics.

The impact assessment matrix given in Table 4-1 reveals the impact associated with each activity

of the project on various environmental parameters during construction and function phase

respectively before any mitigation measures are implanted. Environmental impacts have been

identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project.


107 | P a g e

Table 4-1 Impact Identification Matrix

Project Activity

Environmental Attributes

Land use Soil and

earth

Ground

water

quality

Surface

water Air Noise Ecology

Aesthetic

s

Construction Phase

Site clearing √ √ √ √ √ √

Excavation and embankment √ √ √ √ √

Construction of water distribution networks √ √ √ √ √ √

Construction of storm water network √ √ √ √ √

Construction of wastewater treatment plant √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Development of Haulage Road √ √ √ √

Quarrying √ √ √ √

Construction of laying of roads √ √ √ √

Construction of Industrial units √ √ √ √

Operational Phase

Operation of DG sets √ √

Operation of Machine √ √

Vehicular movement √ √ √

Solid waste disposal √ √

Wastewater disposal √ √


108 | P a g e


Corporate social responsibility (CSR) refers to responsibility of a proponent to ensure positive impact

on environment, consumers, employees, communities, stakeholders and all other members of the public

sphere. Project promoter shall undertake social responsibilities as per the need of the people in the

study area. These could include education, skill building for livelihood of people, health, cultural and

social welfare etc., particularly targeting the people at disadvantaged sections of society.

The execution of the project will not disturb the people living in the area as there will be no

blasting and large scale digging. The project will generate employment opportunities for both skilled

and unskilled workers in the vicinity, which will produce multiple effects on the life and economy of the

local people.

Infrastructural Development

The increasing infrastructural activity will boost the commercial and economic status of the locality. The

CETP facility will be helpful to further boost the industrial development especially small scale industries

so that large number of local people will be benefitted.

Public Health

Temporary hutment for the construction workers will be provided with basic amenities like low cost

sanitation facilities, first aid, safe drinking water supply and personal protective equipment etc. The

workers will be provided the medical assistance whenever required.

➢ The workers will be provided regular medical check-up camps and hospital facility.

➢ The workers will be provided with skill development training and training in risk assessment and

disaster management.

➢ Adequate mitigation measures will be ensured to reduce odor emissions and disease from

proposed site to eliminate the nuisance of effluents/sewage.

Transportation and Communication

The proposed CETP site is very well connected by transport and communication facility and will not

cause any additional burden and impact on the environment.

Summary of potential impacts and mitigation measures during construction and operation phase

The potential impacts during construction and operational stage along with mitigation measures are

presented in Table 4.2 and 4.3 respectively.


109 | P a g e

Table 4-2: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase

Environmental

Component

Sources of

Impacts Potential Impacts Mitigation Measures Remarks

Air Quality ➢ Land preparation

and construction

activity

➢ Vehicular traffic

➢ Dust emission

➢ Stacking of

construction material

may block roads

➢ Water spraying on haul roads

in project site

➢ Regular maintenance of

vehicles

➢ Vehicles with PUC

➢ No remarkable increase in

dust emission and other air

pollutants

➢ The construction activity will

be completed in shortest

possible period

Noise ➢ HEMM, heavy

machineries and

truck movement

➢ Workers exposed to

increased noise near

machineries

➢ Construction work during day

time only

➢ Ear plugs for worker

➢ Regular maintenance of

machineries and trucks

➢ Noise will be below stipulated

standard of 75 dB(A)for

occupational area

Water ➢ Quality

➢ Wastewater

produced from

labour colony

➢ Excavated material

➢ Public health concern

due to wastewater

➢ Storm water with sediments

from excavated material

➢ Modular Septic tank for

wastewater treatment

➢ Secured storage and reuse of

excavated material in

construction and land filling

Land

Quality

➢ Land preparation

➢ and construction

activity

➢ Change in land use

pattern

➢ Overburden &

construction waste may

pollute soil

➢ Project site is open land

allotted for CETP so no

change in land use pattern,

➢ Reuse of O.B. & construction

waste in construction and for

land fill during landscaping

➢ Quantum of excavated O.B. &

construction waste will be

small

Ecology

(terrestrial and

aquatic)

➢ Land preparation for

construction of CETP

➢ Production of noise ➢ Construction work during day

time only and vehicles will be

maintained in good condition

➢ Increase in noise will be very

small

Socio-

Economic

➢ Construction of

CETP ➢ No adverse impact

➢ Direct and indirect

employment opportunities

➢ Improvement in

socioeconomic status of local

people


110 | P a g e

Environmental

Component

Sources of

Impacts Potential Impacts Mitigation Measures Remarks

Infrastructure &

Services

➢ Construction activity

require many

products from other

industries

➢ Development of

industries in the area

➢ Insanitary conditions &

public health problems

➢ Commercial and economic

development

➢ Low cost sanitation facility and

safe water will be provided

➢ First aid and medical help will

be provided

➢ Personal protective

equipment will be provided

Environmental

Hazards

➢ Construction of

CETP

➢ No major

environmental hazard

➢ Provide preventive measures

for potential fire hazards with

requisite fire detection, fire-

fighting facilities and

adequate water storage

➢ Construction of CETP will not

involve blasting activity


111 | P a g e

Table 4-3: Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation Phase

Environmental

Component

Sources of Impacts Potential Impacts Mitigation Measures Remarks

Air quality ➢ Small amount of

vehicular movement

➢ Operation of DG

generators during

emergency only

➢ CETP operation

➢ Co-Generation Plant

➢ Small amount of dust

emission due to

vehicular movement

➢ Negligible emission of

air pollutants due to DG

sets

➢ Traces of odour may be

produced

➢ Vehicular movement is

reduced due to pipeline

conveyance of effluent

➢ Good housekeeping will be

maintained

➢ Vehicles will be maintained in

good conditions with PUC;

➢ Roads will be maintained in

good condition;

➢ Generators (DG) with proper

height of stack as per

guidelines and will be used

during emergency only

➢ Peripheral green belt will

minimize odour further

➢ Generators will be

used only during

load shedding

period.

Noise ➢ Waste treatment

pumps, fans, generator

and vehicles

➢ Some amount of

increase in noise levels

➢ Noise from generator sets will

be within stipulated

standards due to acoustic

enclosures

➢ Machineries within acoustic

enclosures / rooms

➢ Ear plugs to workers

➢ Increase in noise

levels will be

within limits

Water Quality ➢ Possibility of

contamination of

Ground water

➢ Better Quality of treated

industrial effluent due to

treatment scheme with

recovery/reuse potential.

➢ Recycle and reuse of treated

effluent Domestic sewage will

be treated in STP.

➢ CETP will be constructed with

strong foundation and water

proof RCC work to avoid any

seepage

➢ The partially

treated and

untreated

industrial effluent

and sewage will

be mandatorily

passed through

CETP


112 | P a g e

Environmental

Component


Land Quality ➢ Production of

hazardous chemical

sludge

➢ No impact due to proper

management

➢ Chemical sludge after

reduction in quantity by

segregation from bio-sludge

and by decantation will be

sent to authorized TSDF

facility.

➢ Record of sludge

disposal shall be

kept as per

Hazardous Waste

(Management,

Handling and

Trans boundary)

Rules, 2008 &

amended thereof.

Ecology

(terrestrial and

aquatic)

➢ Operation of CETP ➢ No impact due to

insignificant emission

through air

➢ CETP will have beneficial

effect on the environment

➢ Green belt/plantation will be

developed around the CETP

➢ No biologically

sensitive area is

present within 10

km radial area

Socio-

Economic

➢ Operation of CETP:

Construction Phase

and Operation Phase

➢ Negligible influx of

outside people as

workers

➢ Beneficial impacts with

respect to employment

and other

socioeconomic aspects

➢ Local people will be given

preference in employment or

contract jobs

➢ Generation of primary &

secondary employment to

local people

➢ Other benefits:

➢ Industrial

development

➢ Improvement in

aesthetic and

hygienic

environment

➢ Public health will

be improved

Infrastructure &

Services

➢ Operation of CETP ➢ Infrastructural and

industrial development

will take place

➢ Commercial and economic

development will be possible

➢ Treated water will

be circulated for

horticulture &

agricultural. Basic

utilities like supply

of water,

electricity, gas


113 | P a g e

Environmental

Component


etc. will be

improved

Transportation and

Communication

➢ Pressure on

transportation and

communication

➢ No major impact on

transportation &

communication as all the

facilities are already well

developed in the area

-- --

Historical,

Archeological and

Architectural Sites

➢ CETP operation ➢ No historical,

archeological and

architectural sites are

present in the study area

-- --

The aggregate impact value, for the proposed project is:

➢ A positive aggregate environmental impact value suggests that the project has highly favorable benefits and advantages.

➢ The negative impact value factoring is due to the eventuality of an accident for which adequate safeguards are to be put in

place to reduce the probability of any such eventualities reducing to almost zero.

➢ The harmful effects are easily mitigatable and manageable.

➢ Thus, the assessment favors realization of the proposed project at the suggested site


114 | P a g e

CHAPTER 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


115 | P a g e

5 Analysis Of Alternatives

This chapter discusses the various alternatives considered in developing the project. This

chapter also discusses the criteria on the basis of which a site is selected.

The proposed site of CETP is selected as per the guidelines of MoEFCC. The treatment

technology and treatment Scheme CETP project has been finalized on the basis of quality and

quantity of the effluent generated by member units at Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster. Analysis

has been carried out for the selected site only.

Site Selection

The following guiding factors have been considered while selecting the site for the establishment

of CETP:

• The land falls in the Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster and the proposed project site is

earmarked for CETP.

• The transport of effluent is through the dedicated pipeline system.

• Proposed site is well connected to NH-42 at a distance of about 0.5 km in North direction.

Treatment Scheme

Small & tiny textile processing units who are engaged in this activity are clustered around

Ajrakhpur which is popularly known as ‘Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster’. The present strength

of the cluster is 49 dyeing, printing & washing units. Presently, the units have a monthly

production capacity of nearly 2,87,512 meters.

The waste water discharge is proposed to be collected through piping conduits under gravity to

the site of common effluent treatment plant (CETP). The treatment scheme proposed in this

project will not only treat the effluent to meet the standards specified by the central/state pollution

control authority but also will make provision for water recuperation & recycling. Due to the very

nature of effluent which has major textile refractory materials and moderate BOD load, the

effluent will undergo thorough decolorization & detoxification with heavy metal removal and

thereafter will be clarified through dual biological treatment like MBBR & Activated Sludge

Process (ASP). Finally, a chemi-polish touch is needed for the control of hardness, silica, iron

etc. The treated effluent will then pass though a battery of conventional filtration which are

necessary for water recuperation & recycling. The treatment will generate some sludge which

will be dewatered through filter press, stored and then disposed off in a controlled manner. The

conveyance systems for in-coming untreated effluent to the CETP and the out-going treated

water from CETP for reuse are not considered as an integral part of the project. Complete

Treatment Scheme has been mentioned in detail in Chapter 2.


116 | P a g e

CHAPTER 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME


117 | P a g e

6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Introduction

Regular monitoring of important parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of

environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, a properly

planned monitoring program can serve as an indicator for assessment of any deterioration in

environmental conditions. This will facilitate undertaking suitable measures to mitigate adverse

impacts during the operation of the plant and further help to protect the environment in the area.

The main attributes for which monitoring shall be carried out are:

• Ambient air Quality,

• Wastewater Quality,

• Noise Level.

The purpose of the monitoring program is to ensure that the specified mitigation measures

defined in the Environment Management Plan (EMP) are compiled and leads to the desired

benefits for the target area and its population. To ensure the effective implementation of the EMP

and gauge the efficiency of the mitigation measures, monitoring shall be undertaken both during

the construction and operation phases of the project. This chapter describes the outlines of the

monitoring program for the different environmental components during the construction and

operation phases for evaluation of the environmental status of the area due to the project as

development of block printing cluster affects environment and monitoring is tool to assess quality

of environment parameters and suggest to apply mitigation measures to recover environment

which is affected due to project activities. Monitoring of various environmental parameters will

be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:

• State of pollution within the project site and in its vicinity.

• Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

• Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site.

• To assess environmental impacts.

The primary aim of monitoring is to provide information that will aid impact management, and

secondarily, to achieve a better understanding of cause-effect relationships and to improve EIA

prediction and mitigation methods. Both the immediate and long-term benefits from undertaking

monitoring as part of EIA are widely recognized.

Monitoring will be used to:

• Measure the impacts that occur during project construction and operation;

• Check their compliance with agreed conditions and standards;

• Facilitate impact management, e.g. by warning of unanticipated impacts; and

determine the accuracy of impact predictions and the effectiveness of mitigation

measures.

Areas of Concern

The best way to ensure that the new CETP facility operates in a consistent and environmentally

sound manner is to provide for a rigorous monitoring programme based on the guidelines of

CPCB and MoEF&CC. The objective of this programme is to comply with inlet effluent norms and

standards of treated effluent.

To keep the record of pollution load from each unit, the member industry will monitor the

important physico-chemical parameters in their effluents on daily basis. The records of data on

flow rate and daily quantity of effluent from member units will also be maintained by concerned


118 | P a g e

industry on daily basis. The data will be provided to CETP operator for management of CETP.

Treatment efficiency programme for CETP will be established within the treatment plant.

Therefore, from the monitoring point of view, the important parameters are quality and flow of

effluent from member units and its compliance to major effluent quality parameters, quality of

inlet effluent to CETP and outlet treated effluent from CETP and its compliance to the stipulated

standards, surface water and groundwater quality in the buffer zone, air quality, noise, etc.

Suggested monitoring parameters and programmes are described in the subsequent sections.

Performance Indicators (PIs)

The physical, biological and social components are of significance to the project is as listed

below:

• Air quality

• Water quality

• Noise levels

• Solid waste management

• Plantation success / survival rate

To ensure the effective implementation of the mitigation measures and environmental

management during construction and operation phases of project, it is essential that an effective

Environmental Monitoring Plan be designed.

Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring

Ambient air quality parameters recommended for monitoring about constructional activities are

PM, CO, SO2, NO2. Monitoring shall be carried out twice a week for one month in each season

during construction phase in accordance to the National Ambient Air Quantity Standards 2009.

The locations with the pollution parameters to be monitored are detailed out in the Environmental

Monitoring Plan (Table 6-1).

Noise Level Monitoring

The measurements of noise levels will be carried out at all designated locations in accordance

to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated by MoEFCC as given. Noise level will be monitored

on twenty-four hourly bases. Noise should be recorded at “A” weighted frequency using a slow

time response mode of the measuring instrument. The measurement location, duration and the

noise pollution parameters to be monitored are detailed in the Environmental Monitoring Plan.

Success of Vegetation

To ensure the proper maintenance and monitoring of the proposed plantation activities, a regular

survey of the survival rate of the planted trees is being proposed up to a period of 2 years from

the start of operation of the project.

Summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme

The summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme for implementation during project

construction and operation phases is given in Tables 6-1 and respectively.


119 | P a g e


Construction Phase

S.No. Aspects Parameters to be monitored Frequency of

Monitoring

1 Surface and Ground

Water Quality

Surface water

Color, Odour, Turbidity,

Temperature, pH, Salinity,

Conductivity, TDS, TSS, Turbidity,

D.O., BOD, Phosphates, Nitrates,

Sulphates, Chlorides, Fluoride,

Total Hardness as CaCO3, Calcium

(as Ca), Magnesium as (Mg), Total

Alkalinity, Iron;

Half Yearly

Ground water

Drinking water standards

2 Ambient Air Quality PM10, SO2, NO2 Half Yearly

3 Noise Level Monitoring Equivalent Noise level

Half Yearly

4 Soil Quality pH, Conductivity, Texture, Bulk

Density, organic matter, N.P.K Half Yearly


Operation Phase


Monitoring

1 Surface and Ground

Water Quality

Surface water

Color, Odour, Turbidity,

Temperature, pH, Salinity,

Conductivity, TDS, TSS, Turbidity,

D.O., BOD, Phosphates, Nitrates,

Sulphates, Chlorides, Fluoride, Total

Hardness as CaCO3, Calcium (as

Ca), Magnesium as (Mg), Total

Alkalinity, Iron;

Half Yearly

Ground water

Drinking water standards

2 Stack monitoring for DG

Set PM, SO2, NO2 Half Yearly

3 Ambient Air Quality at

Plant PM10, SO2, NO2 Half Yearly

4 Noise Level Monitoring Equivalent Noise level Half Yearly


120 | P a g e


Monitoring

5 Soil Quality

pH, Conductivity, Texture, Bulk

Density, organic matter, N.P.K

Half Yearly

6 Green Belt Development Rate of survival and

growth of various species Once per month

Formation of Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various

environmental components is necessary. Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS) will have

a full-fledged Environmental Management Cell (EMC) reporting directly to Functional Head for

environmental monitoring and control. An environment management cell shall constitute the staff

of CETP operation created to perform the following functions:

• Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

• Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.

• Analyze the data and decide thrust areas.

• Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area.

• Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental

problems.

• Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.

• Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports.

• Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment

management program.

Responsibility

Plant In charge

• Distribution of responsibilities at operational and administration level.

• Ensuring through regular interactions with senior management that each and every

personnel in their respective functions are meeting the Environmental Policy

commitments.

• Getting regular updates in the environmental performance and appraise suitably. In

specific the regular monitoring of the data/information resource consumed and the

pollution levels in the CETP treatment system.

• Implementation of projects and follow up with each departmental heads.

• Authorization of documents.

• Ensuring that each department for related areas of Policy meets with the Environment

Policy statements.

• Getting regular updates on environmental Performance of the department.

• Provide day to day resources like manpower, materials, chemicals etc. to each

department.

• Ensure that data, records/information related to the resources consumed, Pollutants

generated, Pollutants reduced at plant.

• Ensure that all legal compliance is properly attended at appropriate time.

• Undertaking to arrange any corrective and preventive action related to any non-

conformance or potential nonconformance that is to be raised.

• Doing training needs assessment on regular basis.


121 | P a g e

• Updating and Identifying Environmental Regulations applicable.

• Submitting regular monthly Environment statements to GPCB.

• Identify Emergency conditions in operation and provide Emergency Preparedness Plan.

• Ensuring regular trials or mock drills as per the schedule.

• Ensure that Operational Control Procedures are effectively implemented by all

employees.

• Ensure regular conduct of inter Audit as per Internal Audit Plan and monitor its follow up

actions including corrective actions.

• Ensure conducting Management Review Meetings & Implement the decisions taken

during Management Review Meetings.

Maintenance Supervisor

• Ensure proper Operation of CETP units to achieve the targeted results without damaging

Environment.

• Give Plant Operators Operation Manual in Hindi/Guajarati. Ensure Plant operators &

workers follow effective operational practices in achieving environmental commitments.

• Educate & train Plant Operators and Workers in application of Environment Policy

statements.

• Maintain coordination amongst workers.

• Maintaining proper Environmental data/records with respect to resources consumed and

pollutants concentration reduced after each treatment stage.

• Maintain record of plant operations as per applicable formats.

• Assisting Plant In-charge in preparing Environment compliance to statutory body

(Monthly statement).

• Ensuring the maintenance of good housekeeping in plant specifically with respect to No

leakage/spillage of effluent from tank, pumps, piping and vessel. No spillage of liquid or

dried sludge during handling of sludge.

• Put Safety signboards at various locations.

• Train workers for use of safety accessories & motivate them to use whenever required.

• Identify Emergency conditions in plant operations & prepare preventive action plan.

• Train Plant Operators & workers for their responsibilities during Emergency conditions by

conducting mock drill.

• Communicating observations on plant operations to Plant-Incharge, which arise to non-

compliance of environmental commitments.

• Undertake corrective & preventive actions related to any noncompliance of

environmental statements.

• Updating on latest Environmental regulations through Magazines, Circulars, and

Newspapers & Electronic media.

• Prepare Maintenance schedule in consultation with Maintenance Technician and carry

out preventive and corrective maintenance efficiently without obstructing the treatment

cycle as far as possible.

• Ensure proper plant maintenance for achieving objectives & targets of EMS.

• Understand & Implement Environment Policy requirements.

• Identify & prepare preventive Maintenance schedule in consultation with Plant In-charge.

• Prepare Preventive Maintenance Planner for each unit, Equipment, Machinery and

Installation and get it approved by Plant In-charge.

• Implement Preventive Action Plan and keep record of it.


122 | P a g e

• Update & Modify maintenance planner as per process requirement priority and inform

Plant In charge of the same.

• Understand Emergency requirements, Emergency Preparedness Plan & Implement the

same as applicable.

• Ensure to keep all stands by equipment in working condition

• Coordinate with Plant In-charge and conduct training programme for Plant Operators &

workers to operate Fire Extinguishers, Water Hose.

• Check all working as well as non-working equipment & machinery daily and report any

defect to Plant In-charge and or Maintenance Technician for attending the same on

priority basis.

• Understand action to be taken during Emergency conditions in plant.

• If an Emergency arises during off-hours of staff or Plant in-charge, the same will be

informed to concerned immediately.

CETP Emergency Management System

An Emergency Management System for smooth functioning of CETP is elaborated as under:

Power Failure – A DG Set of 10 KVA (1Nos.) will be provided for back up during power failure

situation.

Equipment Failures – All the equipments provided in the CETP will have standby units. Moreover,

sufficient spares for each of the equipments will be made available in stores for quick

maintenance resolution. Sufficient staff in terms of manpower for minor and major maintenances

will be provided.

Personnel Protective Equipments will be provided to each of the individuals employed in the

CETP. PPEs such as Hand gloves, Mask, Googles, Safety Shows, Fire Apron, Safety Belt etc are

provided.

A Fire Tender can be called for in case of emergency of Fire in the CETP.

Process Failures – In case of process failures, bypass system is provided after each stage of

treatment i.e. Primary Clarifier Bypass, Ist Stage Secondary Settling Tank recirculation bypass,

IInd Stage Secondary recirculation bypass, Final Collection Tank Bypass; Recirculation of

effluents in case of not meeting norms for disposal. Moreover oxidation treatment using chlorine

system is also provided in the CETP which helps in oxidizing the Chemical COD in case of

process failures.

Emergency Preparedness and Response System

The objective of is to address the three components by the organization:

• Establish and maintain the system to identify the potential for and the response to the

accidents and emergency situation in order to prevent environmental impact associated

with such situation.

• To review and revise the implementation effectiveness after the incidental situation of

emergency situations.

• Testing of emergency plan wherever feasible to know the effectiveness of the systems

evolved.


123 | P a g e

• The organization will have defined and maintained system for dealing with environmental

incidents and potential emergency situations. The operating procedures and control

include, where appropriate consideration of:

• Accidental discharge of effluent to land and water.

• Accidental disposal of solid waste to land,

• Specific environment and ecosystem effects from accidental releases.

• The procedure takes into account incidents arising or likely to arise as consequences of:

• Abnormal operating condition

• Accidents and potential emergency circumstances.

• The organization has developed emergency preparedness plan, which covers the

potential for disaster in the organization during worst case.

• The emphasis of such plan is placed upon ensuring that business services are least

affected due to the incidence, instead of disruption of the suppliers and distributors to

customer is least affected.

• Safety of individual staff, property of the organization and surrounding is also considered

in the emergency preparedness plan

Emergency Services and responsibilities

• A list of key personnel

• Details of emergency services

• Internal and external communication plans

• Actions to be taken in the event of different types of emergencies;

• Information on hazardous materials including each material’s potential impact on the

environment

• Training plans and testing for effectiveness.

• It will be ensured that emergency preparedness plans are prepared and are maintained

in place and believes that even when the risk are low, the emergency preparedness plans

are still necessary as without it minor incidence can turn in to a major one.

• Review and revise the implementation system after the incidence.

• In case of a misses the organization will ensure that such potential accidents are

recorded and reviewed and not hidden away or forgotten. Such incidents indicate the

area of risk, which on other occasion may turn into an accident.

• For every such misses the appropriate action will be taken, documents are amended,

people are trained to ensure that the operation is carried out as per the revised procedure

and such incidents are prevented.

• The record of the accidents or near miss situation in the plant will be recorded &

maintained.

Environmental Policy

The organization have defined the Environmental Policy and approved by Plant-Incharge. The

organization ensures that the policy is appropriate to the nature, scale and environmental impact

of its activities for treating the effluent.

The policy mentions about monitoring of the system, continuous improvement, pollution

prevention and ensuring to comply with the relevant Regulations as per GPCB Water consent

and Hazardous waste consent condition, member units and surrounding residents, employees

and expectations of interested parties.


124 | P a g e

While deciding for environmental policy the organization has considered the following:

• The organization’s mission, vision, core values and beliefs

• Requirements of and communication with interested parties

• Continual improvement

• Minimization of pollution

• Training Employees

• Specific local or regional conditions

• The relevant environmental regulations

• Nonconformity at Plant Level

As a day to day operation whenever the nonconformity is observed at the plant level in the form

of

• Violation of effluent disposal norms of GPCB,

• Variations in quality of effluent received at CETP from member units,

• Spillage/leakage of liquid sludge from sludge drying bed or during conveyance

Action To Be Taken Against Nonconformity

Non-conformance detail report will be filled by the section in charge in the respective operator

report of each section. This includes the details of the nonconformance occurred due to the

operational equipment failure or due to any other situation, which would have significant

environment, impact or unsafe working condition.

The organization will not utilize any major chemicals, which causes Environmental Hazard. There

is a remote possibility of environmental hazard due to spillage of anti-static agent, lubricating

oils & fuel oils.

There is no possibility of accidental fire in the production / power generation plant. However, any

incidence of environmental leakage, fire or safety related issues will be recorded. The analysis

is of such environmental non-conformance will be recorded in the non-conformance register.

The details will be analyzed for probable reason for nonconformance and the actions required

to be taken/action taken as a corrective measure. The disposal actions appropriate to the nature

of the nonconformity will be suggested and actions will be taken to ensure that such

nonconformance do not occur in future. If corrective / preventive actions are required then the

details of corrective/ preventive action Planned, taken and record maintained.

Nonconformity of effluent & Solid Waste Collection, Treatment, Generation and Disposal Level.

The effluent & hazardous waste collection, Treatment and Disposal process will be done as per

the Water Consent Norms specified by the GPCB.

Any nonconformance in complying with the conditions specified by GPCB in the NOC/Consents

will be reported in the Non-conformance Register stating about the nonconformance observed

at the final discharge level by GPCB.

The findings of the nonconformance at the plant level, reported by the legal bodies and

interested parties will be part of the discussions at the board meeting and the decisions of the

meeting will be implemented to ensure that incidence of such non-conformance of similar nature

do not occur in the subsequent period. As a result of nonconformance for any of the two

conditions mentioned above and corrective / preventive actions will be taken to eliminate the


125 | P a g e

potential causes, the procedure and work instruction may be revised to incorporate the revised

system.

System Of Reporting Of Noncompliance / Violations Of Environmental Norms To Board

Of Directors / Share Holders

A Board meeting will be conducted every month, where all the matters related to the CETP

functioning and any non-compliances/violations to environmental norms will be discussed and

shared to the associated member industries. The agenda points of the meeting are as under:

• Review of Plant Operations – Any abnormality and Corrective actions taken.

• Plant Performance – Overall plant operating parameters.

• Inlet Quality and Quantity of Effluents received.

• Defaulter Member units for special parameters such as Lead and Chromium.

• Strict Vigilance on the member units for influent parameters and also collection of

effluents from member units.

• Details of members violating the inlet norms.

• Details of members not sending their effluents and further action taken by sending

notices.

• Outlet COD results during the month – Actual Analysis as well as TOC Readings.

• Reports of Third Party analysis on final treated effluents.

• Reports of GPCB samples.

• Sludges Disposal Report.

• Notices of GPCB Non-Compliance.

• Fire Call Report.

• Action to be Taken Report is prepared during the meeting.

• Action Taken Report of last meeting is reviewed.

• Strict actions are taken against any non-conformity and violation of the effluent

parameters by member units or by CETP internally.

Additional Studies

Activities AT CETP

A) Activities to Be Performed

Activities to be carried out in CETP for treatment of effluent includes following:

• Operation of treatment plant.

• Handling of treatment chemicals.

• ETP sludge handling.

• Control of flow and processing of wastewater.

• Monitoring of control panel.

• Adjustments of valves and gates manually or automatically.

• Observation of variations in operating conditions.

• Starting and stopping of pumps and other equipment.

• Maintenance work of CETP units.

• To carry out sampling and testing of effluent samples.

B) Instruments & Equipment Handling:


126 | P a g e

• The workforce of Treatment plant is anticipated to handle following instruments

/equipment:

• Laboratory equipment.

• Measuring and metering devices.

• Mechanized lifting and disposal equipment.

• Portable mechanical working tools.

• Pumps and blowers.

Operational Directives

Following are some operational directives to be followed by each processing unit during its

commissioning & subsequent operation so that the targeted parameters are achieved.

Deviations from the directives may lead to disruption of the CETP operation as well as it may

cause difficulties in the management of CETP and effective implementation of the waste water

management.

• CETP is to be operated & maintained by the Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan

which is the managing body responsible for this.

• The in-coming supply of the effluent to CETP and also out-going supply of treated

effluent for reuse are to be managed by the association also.

• The participating unit must stick to the processing conditions as declared &

submitted to NITRA

• The beneficiary units must not increase the production without prior declaration.

• The individual unit must not use salt (NaCl) in the processing & any change in

chemicals & dyes must have prior declaration.

• In individual unit, the effluent must be stored in a pre-settler with 1 hour retention

time and passed through Bar & Coarse Screen before disposal.

• The total effluent must be discharged spanning a period of 8-10 hours.

Sudden discharge for a short period is to be avoided.

• The effluent characteristics have been mentioned here in the report under specified

processing & water consumption. Water conservation measures will increase the

effluent parameters in terms of COD & BOD.

• The present operating cost will be Rs 32/m³ and each year. The above cost may

increase @ 10-12% per annum to meet the increase in input cost.

• Recovered water standard has been specified. The recovered water must be stored

into a common storage tank

• CETP will run 8-10 hours/day in 1st

phase.

• During commercial operation of CETP three months advance payment towards the

treatment cost is to be made by individual unit to the managing association (AHVS).

• The beneficiary units must segregate the rain water from the processing effluent so

that mixing is avoided.

• There must be a mini septic tank in each unit for domestic water which shall be

stored in it before being discharged with the main waste water.

• Insoluble particles like fabric piece, polythene, plastic, soil etc. should not be

thrown into the effluent conveyance drain.


127 | P a g e

• Any new unit joining for CETP must take prior approval from the managing

association


128 | P a g e

CHAPTER 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES AND RISK

ASSESSMENT


129 | P a g e

7 Additional Studies

Introduction

Common Effluent Treatment Plant rank high on the industrial occupations where on the- job

injuries are frequent. The wastewater treatment plant operators are exposed to a variety of

hazardous chemical agents, contained within the effluents and the reagents used in the water

processing, or generated during the wastewater treatment. These chemical agents may cause

acute poisoning, chemical accidents (e.g., skin burns, injury to the eyes, etc.) damage to the

respiratory system, allergies, dermatitis, chronic diseases, etc. Wastewater treatment plant

operators may also be injured by slips, trips and falls on wet floors; by falls into treatment ponds,

pits, clarifiers or vats and by splashes of hazardous liquids; they may suffer cuts and pricks from

sharp tools, contusions, etc.

They are exposed to hazards related to work in confined spaces. Other common hazards include

electric shock, explosion, entanglement in moving machinery, etc. However, accidents do occur

and these can cause serious injury to employees or the public, and damage to property. The

public concern at such events invariably leads to call for additional control at national and

international levels. It is against this background that the various Section and Rules under the

Environment Protection Act, 1986, the Factories Act, 1948 and other Acts specify the

requirements for a safe and reliable working of an industry. These require carrying out various

studies and analysis to assess and mitigate hazard prevalent in the factory in line with the above

goal of safe and reliable working. These are more commonly known as “Risk Assessment

Studies”. This chapter explains the basis of Risk Assessment and its objectives.

Risk Assessment

Major hazard installations have to be operated to a very high degree of safety; this is the duty

of the management. In addition, management holds a key role in the organization and

implementation of a major hazard control system. In particular, the management has the

responsibility to:

➢ Provide the information required to identify major hazard installations.

➢ Carry out hazard assessment;

➢ Report to the authorities on the results of the hazard assessment;

➢ Set up an Disaster Management plan;

➢ Take measures to improve plant safety.

In order to fulfill the above responsibility, the Management must be aware of the nature of the

hazard, of the events that cause accidents and of the potential consequences of such

accidents. This means that in order to control a major hazard successfully, the Management

must have answers to the following questions:

➢ Do toxic, explosive or flammable substances in our facility constitute a major

hazard?

➢ Which failures or errors can cause abnormal conditions leading to a major

accident?

➢ If a major accident occurs, what are the consequences of a fire, an explosion or

a toxic release for the employees, people living outside the plant premises, the

plant or the Environment?

➢ What can Management do to prevent these accidents from happening?

➢ What can be done to mitigate the consequences of an accident?


130 | P a g e

The most appropriate way of answering these questions is to carry out a hazard or risk

assessment study, the purpose of which is to understand why accidents occur and how they

can be avoided or at least mitigated. A properly conducted assessment will therefore Analyze

the safety concept.

➢ Identify the remaining hazard.

➢ Develop optimum measures for technical and organization protection in event of

an abnormal plant operation.

Objective Of The Study

Identification analysis and assessment of hazard and risk are very useful in providing information

to risk management. It provides basis for what should be type and capacity of its on-site and

offsite emergency plan also what types of safety measures are required. The main objectives of

the Risk Assessment Studies are as given below:

➢ To define and assess emergencies, including risk impact assessment.

➢ To control and contain incidents.

➢ To safeguard employees and people in vicinity.

➢ To minimize damage to property and environment.

➢ To inform the employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards

/risk assessed, safeguards provided, residual risk if any and the role to be played

in them in the event of emergency.

➢ To be ready for mutual aid if need arise to help neighboring unit. Normal

jurisdiction of an OEP (On-site Emergency Plan) in the own premises only, but

looking to the time factor in arriving the external help or off - site emergency plan

agency, the jurisdiction must be extended outside the extent possible in case of

emergency occurring outside.

➢ To inform authorities and mutual aid centers to come for help.

➢ To affect rescue and treatment of casualties. To count injured.

➢ To identify and list any death.

➢ To inform and help relatives.

➢ To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normalcy.

➢ To provide authoritative information to the media.

➢ To preserve records, equipments, etc., and to organize investigation into the cause

of emergency and preventive measures to stop its recurrences.

➢ To ensure safety of the workers before personnel re - enter and resume work.

➢ To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide for

emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

Relevant Definitions

1. Accident:

An Accident is an unplanned, unexpected and undesired event.

2. Major Accident:

A Major Accident as defined by Rule 2 (j) of the Manufacture, Storage, Import of Hazardous

Chemicals Amendment Rules, 2000 (MSIHCAR, 2000) means an incident involving loss of life

inside or outside the installation, or ten or more injuries inside and/or one or more injuries

outside or release of toxic chemicals or explosion or fire or spillage of hazardous chemicals

resulting in onsite or off-site emergencies or damage to equipment leading to stoppage of

process or adverse effects to the environment.


131 | P a g e

3. Chemical Accident:

A Chemical Accident as defined by the Rule 2 (a) of the Chemical Accidents (Emergency

Planning Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 (CAEPPRR, 1996) means an accident

involving a fortuitous, or sudden or unintended occurrence while handling any hazardous

chemicals resulting in continuous, intermittent or repeated exposure to death, or injury to, any

person or damage to any property but does not include an accident by reason only of war or

radioactivity.

4. Major Chemical Accident:

A Major Chemical Accident as defined by the Rule 2 (f) of the (Chemical Accidents Emergency

Planning Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 (CAEPPR, 1996) means an occurrence

including any particular major emission, fire or explosion involving one or more hazardous

chemicals resulting from uncontrolled development in the course of industrial activity or

transportation or due to natural events leading to serious effects both immediate or delayed,

inside or outside the installation likely to cause substantial loss of life and property including

adverse effects on the environment.

5. Hazard:

A Hazard is a physical situation that may cause human injury, damage to property or the

Environment.

Chemical Hazard:

Chemical Hazard is a hazard due to chemicals (including its storage, process, handling, etc.)

and it is realized by fire, explosion, toxicity, corrosivity, radiation, etc. Toxicity level of hazardous

chemicals as per Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical (Amendment)

Rules, 2000 (MSIHC) is shown in following Table 7-1

Table 7-1: Toxicity Level of Hazardous Chemicals

SR.

NO TOXICITY

ORAL TOXICITY

LD50(MG/KG)

DERMAL TOXICITY

LD50(MG/KG)

INHALATION TOXICITY

LC50(MG/L)

1. Extremely toxic > 5 <40 < 0.5

2. Highly toxic >5-50 >40-200 < 0.5 - 2.0

3. Toxic >50-200 > 200-1000 >2-10

6. Risk:

A Risk is the likelihood of an undesired event (i.e. accident, injury or death) occurring within

a specified period or under specified circumstances. It may be either a frequency or a

probability depending on the circumstances.

7. Emergency:

An Emergency as defined by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Govt. of India is a

situation created by a Chemical Accident involving hazardous chemicals, which causes a

threat to the safety of workers, residents, environment or property.


132 | P a g e

8. On-Site Emergency:

An On-Site Emergency is caused by an accident that takes place in a chemical installation

and effects are confined to the plant premises, involving the people working in the plant.

9. Off-Site Emergency:

If an accident takes place in a chemical installation and its effects are felt outside its premises,

the situation there created is called on Off-Site Emergency.

10. Major Emergency:

A Major Emergency is the one that may affect several departments within an area and may

cause serious injuries, loss of life, and extensive damage to property or serious disruption

outside the works. It requires use of outside resources to handle it effectively.

11. Disaster:

A Disaster is a catastrophic situation in which the day-to-day patterns of life are suddenly

disrupted, plunging people into helplessness suffering and as a result need protection,

clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other necessities of life.

12. Major Accident Hazards (MAH) Installations:

It is defined by Rule 2 (ja) of the Manufacture, Storage, Import of Hazardous Chemicals

Amendment Rules, 2000 (MSIHCAR, 2000) means isolated storage and industrial activity at

a site handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal

to or, in excess of the threshold quantities specified in, column 3 of Schedule 2 and 3

respectively.

13. Environment:

It is defined by Section 2(a) of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (EPA, 1986) includes

water, air and land and the interrelationship which exists among and between water, air and

land, and human begins, other living creatures, plants, microorganism and property.

14. Environmental Pollutant:

An Environmental pollutant as defined by Section 2 (b) of the Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 (EPA, 1986) means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance present in such

concentration as may be, or tend to be injurious to environment.

15. Environmental Pollution:

An Environmental Pollution as defined by Section 2(c) of the Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 (EPA, 1986) means the presence in the environment of any environmental pollutant.

16. Hazardous Substance:

An Hazardous substance as defined by Section 2(e) of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

(EPA, 1986) means any substance or preparation which, by reason of its chemical or

physicochemical properties or handling is liable to cause harm to human beings, other living

creatures, plants, micro-organism, property or the environment.

17. Hazardous Chemical:

Hazardous Chemical as defined by Rule 2 (e) of the Manufacture, Storage, Import of

Hazardous Chemicals Amendment Rules, 2000 (MSIHCAR, 2000) means:

a. Any chemical which satisfies any of the criteria laid down in Part I of


133 | P a g e

Schedule I or listed in Column 2 of Part II of this Schedule,

b. Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2,

c. Any Chemical listed in Column 3 of Schedule 3.

18. Hazardous Process:

Hazardous Process as defined in Section 2 (cb) of the Factories Act means any process or

activity in relation to an industry specified in the First schedule of the Factories Act, 1948

where, unless special care is taken, raw materials used therein or the intermediate or finished

products, bye- products, wastes or effluents causes material impairment to the health of the

persons engaged in or connected therewith to Result in the pollution of the general

Environment.

19. Occupier:

An Occupier as defined by Section 2 (f) of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (EPA, 1986),

in relation to premises, means a person who has control over the affairs of the factory or the

premises and includes, in relation to any substance, the person in possession of the

substance.

Hazard Identification

As proposed project is common effluent treatment facility which does not involve major

hazardous chemicals both quality and quantity wise during operation phase. The hazards

identified are:

• Health hazardous due to leakage of untreated effluent.

• Health hazard due to used of treatment chemical i.e. lime, alum etc.

• Toxic and corrosive hazard due to hydrochloric acid handling.

• Fire hazard due to ignition of flammable chemical i.e. HSD.

• Electrical hazards due to the electrical major equipment/ machinery, operations,

welding, motors, and heavy lift devices, cabling, human intervention (short circuit

possibility), maintenance work (due to machinery breakdown etc.), plant lighting related

electrical hazards.

• Possibility of human injury due to working with mechanical machines, manual handling

etc.

• Possibility of injury during chemicals handled, during operations and due to intoxication.

• Major dropped objects hazard due to large number of physical handling steps /

operations involved with crane/ overhead lifting/ hoisting equipment.

• Fires in any part of the plant working areas - there is a possibility of rapid escalation if it

is not brought under control quickly.

• Possibilities of fire hazards at transformers, switchgear and other electrical equipment

etc.

Safety Precautions

Following precautions is/shall be taken while storage of chemicals:

• The tanks shall be located and marked in the designated area for the hazardous chemical

storage.

• Tanks of proper material of construction will be selected.


134 | P a g e

• The tanks shall be filled up to 85-90% of its capacity

• All tanks shall be uniformly tagged.

• Level indicators in tanks shall be provided.

• Dyke wall shall be provided.

• Industrial type electrical fittings shall be provided.

• Electrical installation shall be as per hazardous area clarification.

• Safe working place shall be provided in between all tanks/equipments.

• Adequate fire-fighting equipments shall be provided.

• Anti-corrosive painting to be done.

• No smoking board shall be displayed.

• Safety instruction board shall be displayed.

• Standard Operating Procedure for the storage will be prepared.

• Proper earthing/bonding shall be provided.

• Lightning arrestor should be provided.

While hazards of other type along with safety measures, flood control measures and

earthquake control measures are given in Table-7.3, Table-7.4 and Table-7.5 respectively.

Table 7-2: Hazards and Its Control

SR.

NO

NAME OF

POSSIBLE

HAZARD &

EMERGENCY

IT’S

SOURCE &

REASONS

IT’S EFFECT

ON PERSONS

PROPERTY &

ENVIRONMENT

PLACE OF

EFFECT

CONTROL

MEASURES TO BE

PROVIDED

1 Fire Transformer

Transfer oil

short circuit,

DG fuel etc.

Health effects,

Damage of

storage facilities

and air & soil

contamination

Transformer

near Power

control

Centre, fuel

storage

area

*Fire Fighting

Equipment's

*Graved bed for oil

spillage or soaking

isolated fenced area

*Lightening arrestor

nearby

*DG set for

emergency power

supply

*Lightening arrestor

at buildings

2 Spillage of

untreated

effluent

Natural

Disaster,

Earthquakes,

Manmade

war etc.

Health effect to

human and land

and water

contamination.

Plant area &

population

nearby

*First aid available

*Security at all the

time guarding

important locations

*extra spare parts

will be provided

* immediate

maintenance will be

done


135 | P a g e

Table 7-3: Flood Control Measures

SR.

NO. HAZARD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS EMERGENCY CONTROL

1 Electric shock

*All electric line cut off / switch

off from main supply.

*Give artificial respiration if

needed.

*Shock proof hand gloves

should be used if needed

*Stop electric power

*Inform site main

controller for outside help

2 Slippery Surface

* Clean the working place

*Keep away all persons at safe

assembly points

*Start the emergency

water tapping

Table 7-4: Earthquake Control Measures

SR.

NO HAZARD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS EMERGENCY CONTROL

1. Toxic gas release /

Fire

Minimum stock of chemicals

Earthquake proof

building

* Stop the leakage.

* Inform site main controller

for outside help

2. Mixing of

incompatible

chemicals

Safe distance between chemicals

Dyke wall at all storage tank

of chemicals

*Stop the leakage

* Inform site main controller

for outside help

Fire Fighting System

CETP management shall take into consideration fire prevention measures at the project

planning and during plant commissioning stage to avoid any outbreak of fire.

Table 7-5: Fire Fighting System

SR.NO. LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER TYPE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER

1 LDO/HFO/Oil storage area DCP/ABC

2 Electrical DB DCP/ABC

http://sr.no/


136 | P a g e

3 Electrical panel Dry CO2

4 Office and administration DCP/ABC

5 DG room DCP/ABC

6 Hazardous waste storage area DCP/ABC

7 Vehicle parking area DCP/ABC

8 Security cabin DCP/ABC

Major Hazards And Damage Criteria

Hazard is the associated term with material, which is a measure or the likely hood of the

damage to human working with, or studying the material in question. All the probable potential

hazardous is classified under different heads.

1) Fire hazards

2) Toxic gas release hazards

3) Explosion hazards

4) Corrosion hazards

5) Biological hazards

Fire Hazards

Since the Stone Age term 'fire' is associated with fear. It is very dangerous if occurs in

uncontrolled manner. It should be clearly understood that when a liquid is used having flash

point below the normal ambient temperature, it could, in suitable circumstances, liberate a

sufficient quantity of vapor to give rise to flammable mixtures with air. CETP shall use

inflammable chemicals like diesel as a fuel for Standby DG set which may lead to fire hazard.

Diesel will be stored in Drum/tank in separate storage area. Rule of no smoking will be

observed strictly in the storage area.

Sufficient water storage tank will be designated for emergency situation.

Toxic Hazards

Toxic substances affect in three ways by ingestion, absorption & inhalation. Proposed CETP

Project may be using lime etc in minor quantity which may be lead to toxic hazard. Adequate

provision of safety along with personal protective equipment will be made; breathing

apparatus and emergency kit shall be provided.

Explosion Hazards

Release of energy in a rapid and uncontrolled manner gives rise to explosion. Proposed

project shall not be using any explosive material.

Corrosion Hazards

Corrosion is a chemical reaction-taking place at the surface of metal. Proposed CETP shall be

using the polyelectrolyte, Alum and lime which is corrosive in nature. These chemicals have

their typical hazard when it comes in contact with human tissues. This has adverse effects on

weakening the strength of material in contact. CETP will take due care to overcome the hazard

i.e. scrubbing system will be provided as per requirement. All the metal units and pipe line will

be painted with special type of anticorrosive paint. Good quality materials shall be used for


137 | P a g e

transferring corrosives. Regular thickness testing of equipment, pipelines etc. will be carried

out to have the exact picture of effect of corrosion.

Biological Hazards

Proposed project is waste water treatment facility which involves the biological activities for

treatment of effluent so biological hazards can’t be eliminated. The most common way of

biological hazards is by hand to mouth contact during eating, drinking and smoking or by

wiping the face with contaminated hands or gloves or by licking splashes from skin or by

breathing them in, as dust, aerosol or mist. The major source of biological hazard on proposed

site is biological sludge drying bed, filter press, biological storage sump etc. Practically,

complete elimination of biological hazards cannot be possible. It will be reduce by adopting

the safe practice guards.

Occupational Hazards And It Control Measure

The detail of hazard involved with common effluent treatment plant facility and its preventive

measure required to be taken for the health and safety of the workers/operators are given in

table:

Table 7-6: Occupation Hazards And Its Control Measure

HAZARDS ACTIVITIES CONTROL MEASURES

Accident hazards

1. Slips and falls on floors

made slippery by water,

aqueous solutions.

2.Falls into ponds, pits,

clarifiers or tanks causing

injuries or drowning

1. Use safety shoes or boots with non-

slip soles.

2. Make area dry as much as possible.

3 Railing shall be provided.

1. Blows and contusions

caused by falling heavy

articles, including containers

of chemical reagents, or by

contact with moving

machinery or vehicles

1. Wear personal protective equipment

and chemical resistant clothing to

avoid exposure of skin or eyes to

corrosive and/or polluted solids,

liquids, gases or vapors

2.First aid box shall be provided

3.Moving parts of machines will be

provided with suitable guards

1. Hazards related to entry

into confined spaces -

suffocation due to oxygen

deficiency, poisoning (e.g. by

hydrogen sulfide), etc.

1. Do not mix chemicals without the

supervision of a qualified chemist or

safety professional

2. Obey safety-instructions regarding

the storage, transport, handling or

pouring of chemicals


138 | P a g e

1. Electric shock caused by

contact with faulty electrical

equipment, cables, etc.

1. Check electrical equipment for

safety before Use Verify that all electric

cables will properly Insulated.

2. Repair and test all faulty or suspect

electrical equipment before reused

3.All electric line cut off / switch off

from main Supply.

4. Hand siren use to declare

emergency Shock proof hand gloves

should be used if needed

1. Cuts and pricks by sharp

tools sharp edges of articles

to be plated sharp deposits

on jigs etc.

2. Injuries (especially of

eyes) caused by flying

particles.

1. Wear safety goggles in all cases

where the eyes may be exposed to

dust, flying particles, or splashes of

harmful liquids.

2. Leather hand gloves during

handling of sharp edges articles.

1. Vigorous chemical

reactions caused by

uncontrolled mixing of

chemicals (e.g., if water is

mixed with lime, Alum, during

the preparation of reagents

for wastewater treatment.

1. Wear respirator, or gas mask, when

exposed to harmful aerosols, dusts,

vapors or gases Obey safety-

instructions regarding the storage,

transport, handling or pouring of

chemicals

2. Take extreme care when handling

highly corrosive and toxic agents such

as concentrated acids or alkalis, or

when toxic gases may be emitted from

the reagents etc.

1. Acute poisoning caused by

various chemicals present in

the wastes, used as reagents

or released during the

treatment; a particular hazard

is caused by the possible

release of a number of

poisonous gases e.g.,

hydrogen-sulfide etc.

1. Take extreme care when handling

highly corrosive agents such as liquid

and concentrated acids or alkalis, or

when toxic gases may be emitted from

the reagents, etc.

2. Obey safety instructions concerning

entry into confined spaces.

Physical hazards

1. Exposure to excessive

noise levels from mechanical

equipment.

2. Exposure to adverse

weather (low Or high

temperature, rain, snow,

storms, etc.)

1. Preventive maintenance of

equipment.

2. Ear plug and ear muff shall be

provided.

3. Vibration pads shall be installed for

high vibrating equipments.


139 | P a g e

Chemical hazards

1. Chronic poisoning by

inhalation or ingestion of

many of the chemicals used

in wastewater treatment

2. Dermatitis caused by

exposure of the skin to waste

waters, cleaning formulations,

acid and alkaline s solutions,

etc.

3. Irritation of mucous

membranes (in particular of

the respiratory tract) by acid

or alkaline vapors or aerosols,

by hydrogen sulfide, and

other substances

1. Wear respirator, or gas mask, when

exposed to harmful aerosols, dusts,

vapors or gases.

2. Only qualified/experience personnel

shall be allowed to work for

critical/hazards operation.

3. First aid box shall be provided.

Biological hazards

1. Diseases caused by

infectious agents (bacteria,

viruses, protozoa,

1. All workers should undergo periodic

examinations by occupational physician

to

helminthes and fungi) present

in the raw wastewater (mainly

from human origin)

reveal early symptoms of possible

chronic effects or allergies.


contact with the toxins

released by the infectious

agents

2. Safe manual handling procedure

shall be followed.


insects or rodents

proliferating in the sludge

drying beds

Ergonomic,

psychosocial and

Organizational

factors

A

Musculoskeletal injuries

caused by overexertion while

handling heavy loads, such

as containers of chemicals, or

by awkward working postures

(including frequent bending),

etc. Discomfort and

psychological problems

related to prolonged wear of

protective clothing (including

heavy boots, aprons and

other impermeable pieces),

to the bad smells of the

wastes, to the feeling of

working with "soiled" liquids in

a "dirty" and not too

"respectable" occupation,

and to the apprehensions

caused by awareness of the

dangers of the workplace

Learn and use safe lifting and moving

techniques for heavy or awkward

loads such as containers of chemicals;

use mechanical aids to assist in lifting


140 | P a g e

Occupational Health And Safety Program

Health hazards associated with the occupation are called occupational hazards. CETP shall

carry out the following checks to curb the problem:

a. Periodical medical checkup shall be done for all employees as per requirement.

b. First aid training shall be given to the employees.

All precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable accidents like spillage, fire and explosion

hazards and to minimize the effect of any such accident and to combat any emergency at site

level. Preventive safety measures shall be taken to minimize the risk of accident with respect

to Technical Safety, Organizational Safety and Personal Safety are listed below:

• The society shall take all reasonably practicable measures to minimize the risk of such

accident in compliance with the legal obligation under the relevant safety.

• All building plans and installations shall be as per relevant acts and duly approved by

competent government authorities.

• Process and Equipment shall be designed by qualified and experienced professionals

and fabricated to applicable national / international codes with stage wise inspection.

• Hazardous processes shall be operated by trained workers and shall be looked after by

qualified & experienced supervisors.

• Safety features such as fire extinguishers and suitable Personal Protective Equipment

(PPE) shall be provided. Regular operations and testing of fire hydrant system and fire

extinguishers shall be carried out.

• Use of flameproof electrical equipment, flame arresters and breather valves shall be

done.

• Provision of Earthing and lighting arrestor to prevent electrical fires and explosions in

flammable chemical storage area areas shall be done.

• Drums storing hazardous liquid chemicals shall be place separately to confine any

spillage and facilitate easy collection. Necessary separation distance shall be

maintained.

• Training of workers and Staff shall be given for fire fighting, work permit system, first aid,

safe handling of hazardous chemicals and integrating safety, in all activities.

• Good housekeeping in plant premises shall be ensured.

• Accident / Incident reporting system and information of employees about the same shall

be done for better awareness.

• Suitable notices / boards shall be displayed at several locations indicating appropriate

hazards warning as well as DOs and DON’Ts for ensuring operational and personal Safety

for information of workers / staff and visitors.

• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) shall be provided to employees as per the job

requirements.

• Strong communication system shall be provided.

Safety Features And Emergency Capabilities

Objectives Of Emergency Procedures

The objective of the procedure is to define role of key personnel of different services during

major emergency to be effectively utilized to:

a. Safeguard lives


141 | P a g e

b. Contains of incident and bring it under control

c. Minimize damage to property & neighboring environment

d. Rescue & treatment of casualties & evacuation of persons to safe areas

e. Identification of affected persons, information to relatives and extending necessary

assistance.

f. Preservation of information, records etc. which will help in investigation

g. Welfare assistance to casualties

h. Providing relevant information to police, district authorities and news media

i. Passing of information to relevant persons/agencies and warning the persons who are

likely to be affected.

j. Mobilizing inside resources.

k. Initiating and organizing evacuation of affected persons.

l. Collecting latest status, other information and requirement.

Basis Of Plan And Handling Of Emergency

a. It is not possible to envisage and detail every action, which should be taken during an

emergency. The basic philosophy is to get key personnel of necessary discipline who

have the knowledge and background to assess the situation and give directions as

per the objectives as quickly as possible.

b. The plan identifies the services/departments required to combat emergencies and

identifies the key persons to discharge the duties.

c. Key personnel have been identified for emergencies and are responsible for providing

necessary assistance.

d. Any outside assistance, which RFTP shall get, shall be co-ordinate by the Main Site

Controller on duty.

e. Messages via telephones are restricted to key personnel only. This is required to keep

the telephones free for key personnel to contact for necessary feed-back.

f. Senior person who arrives on scene is automatically in-charge for the service group.

He should not leave the site without entrusting the charge to his deputy. All the key

personnel should be available at the main control room. All key personnel of other

services will report to main site controller, who will coordinate between various

departments and outside agencies.

Information About Emergency And Subsequent Actions

a. Any person noticing fire/explosion should shout FIRE, FIRE or HELP, HELP and will

activate the emergency bell.

b. Inform respective control rooms.

c. The Dept. Head will immediately rush to the incidence site to assess and take

immediate action required to control the source of incidence. They will also inform

Security and administration to come to the place of disaster/emergency and assist

them.

Instructions To Employees (Do’s & Don’t)

The plan assumes certain discipline at site during emergency as given below;

a. Do not get panicky

b. Do not approach the scene of disaster as a spectator


142 | P a g e

c. Do not engage phones/ P.A. system unnecessarily

d. Non-essential personnel to gather at security gate after receiving instructions

e. Do not move here & there unnecessarily

f. Do not approach unnecessarily to get information or more inquiry

g. Remain at your working place unless called and be attentive to instructions

h. Ensure that all contract laborers working in the premises are immediately sent to main

security gate. They will receive further instructions from main site controller

All non - essential staff members should gather at safe assembly point and wait for

further instructions which will be communicated through PA system or by other

available means.

Instructions To Contractors

The plan assumes certain discipline at site during emergencies as given below;

a. Do not get panicky

b. Do not approach the scene of disaster as a spectator

c. Do not engage phones/ P.A. system unnecessarily

d. Non-essential personnel to gather at security gate after receiving instructions

e. Do not move here & there unnecessarily.

f. Do not approach unnecessarily for information or more inquiry.

g. Remain at your working place unless called and be attentive to instructions

h. Ensure that all contract laborers working in the premises are immediately sent to main

security gate. They will receive further instructions from main controller and wait for

further instructions which will be communicated through PA system or by other

available means.

i. All fabricator contractors should ensure that all welding machines are switched off and

all cylinders are closed before leaving the working area.

j. All civil contractors should be gathered at assembly points after declared emergency.

Mitigation Of Consequences During Major Accident

No major hazard installation can ever be absolutely safe. Even if a hazard assessment has

been carried out, if the hazards have been detected and appropriate measures have been

taken, the possibility of an accident cannot be completely ruled out.

So safety systems provide, which can mitigate the consequences of accident or emergency

situation.

Other measures for mitigating the consequences of an accident deal mainly with the response

to a release of a hazardous substance. In order to be able to initiate counter measures in the

event of an accident, CETP shall install various safety systems to mitigate the consequences

during Major Accident are as under:

a. First aid handling team available round the clock.

b. Alarm System

c. Training to all employees regarding emergency preparedness

Emergency Control Centre With List Of Equipment And Accessories


143 | P a g e

Administration office will act as Emergency Control Center. It is equipped with all necessary

accessories as mentioned below.

(A) Documents

• Site Plan

• List of essential telephone numbers

• List Firefighting equipment with their location

(B) Personal Protective Equipment

• Hand gloves

• Gum boots

• Goggles

• Helmets

• Safety belts

• Aprons

• Fire

• Proximity suit

(C) Equipment List

• Internal / External Telephone

• Portable alarm

• Torches

• Emergency Cupboard with necessary PPE Racer watches (STOP WATCH)

Disaster management plan

Defining the nature of emergency

Level of emergency can be classified in three categories:

LEVEL - 1:

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the plant, premises. It may be due to -

a) Small fire in the plant

b) Low toxic gas release for short duration.

c) Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.

LEVEL - 2:

The emergency, which is confinable within the plant premises. It may arise due to -

a) Major fire inside the plant premises.

b) Medium scale explosion confined to the plant premises.

c) Heavy toxic / flammable gas leakage for short duration.

LEVEL - 3:

The emergency, which is not confinable within the premises and general public in the vicinity

likely to be affected. It may arise due to -


144 | P a g e

a) Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area Heavy / Profuse leakage of

toxic / flammable gases for a long duration.

Structure Of The Emergency Management

Table 7-7: Structure Of The Emergency Management

EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLANT PERSONNEL

Incident Controller Plant Operational Head

Accident Site Controller Shift In Charge/Operations I/C

Liaison Officer Head Personnel & Administration

Engineering Team Eng; Manager, Maintenance MANAGER

Safety Team Manager Safety, Safety Officers, Firemen.

Medical Team Doctor, Nurse, Ambulance Driver


145 | P a g e

Roles And Responsibilities

Table 7-8: - Roles And Responsibilities

S.NO TEAM LEADER ROLE & RESPONSIBILITY

1. INCIDENT

CONTROLLER

• Overall In- charge of the control of incidents

• On being informed rushes to Emergency Control

Centre

• Co-ordinates with Accident site controller

• Co-ordinates with Liaison officer

• Responsible for decision making.

• Informs the Owners as he feels fit

• Orders the start of EMERGENCY SIREN

• Orders the start of ALL CLEAR AIREN

• Decides and informs Liaison officer the

External requirements, communication to

be done.

• Interacts with the Accident Site

Controller in his operations.

• Calls a review meeting to discuss the actions

taken during EMERGENCY.


146 | P a g e


2. ACCIDENT SITE

CONTROLLER

• Controls the ACCIDENT SITE.

• Decides the actions to stop plant & Machinery with

ENGG. TEAM

• Decides the actions required to mitigate the

accident with SAFETY TEAM.

• Discusses with Liaison officer on the

treatment requirements of Injured

persons.

• Obtains the list of missing persons from Liaison

officer and informs RESCUE TEAM for search and

rehabilitation.

• Advises Incident controller to Start Emergency Siren

• Advises the Incident Controller to Blow All Clear Siren

• Cleans the area of Emergency to restart operations.

3. LIAISON OFFICER • In charge of gate traffic regulation at MAIN GATE.

• In charge of all external communications

and facility requirements from outside.

• In charge of medical treatment to injured personnel.

• In charge of HEAD COUNT operations to find out

missing persons.

• In charge for regulating the personnel

inside the organization.

4. ENGINEERING TEAM • Will assist ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER in

protecting the Plant & Machinery

• Will assist in Emergency Shut down operations.

• Will assist movement of materials reduce the

severity of accident.

5. SAFETY TEAM • Will assist ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER in Mitigating

the accident causes-FIRE, TOXICITY, MAJOR

SPILLAGES,

6. MEDICAL TEAM • Will render medical assistance inside and outside

the plant premises. Will report to ACCIDENT SITE

CONTROLLER.


147 | P a g e


7. RESCUE TEAM • Will render RESCUE & Rehabilitation operations

as per the instructions of ACCIDENT SITE

CONTROLLER.

EMERGENCY ORGANIZATION FOR NIGHT SHIFTS, HOLIDAYS ANS SUNDAYS

• INCIDENT CONTROLLER: The senior person in the service dept. will become the

incident controller till the designated person joins.

• ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER: The senior person in the Operations side will become

the Accident Site Controller till the designated person joins.

• LIAISON OFFICER: The senior person of the HR/security will become the liaison officer

till the designated person joins.

LIST OF KEY EMERGENCY PERSONNEL AND COMMUNICATION ABOUT EMERGENCY

List of key emergency personnel will be informed about the emergency through a group

‘SMS’. Their reply will be recorded.

INFORMATION OF EMERGENCY SIREN LOCATION AND FAQs.

(1) What is an Emergency Siren?

This system relates to the routine Siren system which is in use for shift and recess. This

siren creates the voice after a fix interval for Emergency.

(2) When this system should be used?

Always use this system only when a major emergency occurred at the facility.

(3) Who is authorized to operate this system?

When major incident occurs, the Security -In -Charge will operate the siren on the

instructions of incident controller.

(4) How emergency siren will be operated?

> The siren will be operated on a wailing mode (Ambulance Siren)

10 seconds on – 5 seconds off – 10 seconds on - 5 seconds off...for 3 minutes

(5) How all clear siren will be operated?

> The siren will be operated on a continuous mode (Ambulance Siren)

10 seconds on – 5 seconds off – 10 seconds on - 5 seconds off...for 5 minutes

INFORMATION OF ASSEMBLY POINTS

At the time of emergency, non - essential workers, casual workers, visitors and others are to

be assembled to Assembly Points and separate in-charge is nominated.

In case of an emergency, the visitors, contract persons and employees will gather at nearby

assembly point. Pre-designated persons will take their roll call. If needed, they can be

evacuated easily through any gate in a short period as per instruction of site main controller


148 | P a g e

List of Assembly Point along with accommodation capacity. Two locations are identifying viz.

main gate and parking area.


149 | P a g e

CHAPTER 8

PROJECT BENEFITS


150 | P a g e

8 Project Benefits

Benefits: Economic And Social Infrastructure

The project will benefit the people living in the neighboring villages by giving preference to them

in relation to direct employment associated with the various project activities. The process of the

site area during the site preparation phase will involve a certain number of laborers. There is a

possibility that local people will be engaged for this purpose. The process will involve a number

of skilled and unskilled workers. There is a possibility that local people will be engaged for this

purpose to the extent possible and hence improve the existing employment scenario of the

region. Total 10 number of people may be employed in the project. However, most of the jobs

will comprise of technical involvement hence the villagers can possibly be employed only in

certain non-technical or casual labor jobs and that too for a limited duration. Also a systematic

employment policy will be drawn with respect to the same. Considering this, the impact is

significantly positive.

General development of the area and Impact on the local economy; since the activities involve

a large number of workers residing in the site area, there will be an obvious rise in the

developmental and commercial activities of the region. Local business (e.g. suppliers of

construction materials, shop owners of stationery and grocery shops of the nearby area) in this

region is also expected to flourish. The proposed project is therefore likely to benefit the people

living in the neighboring village by boosting the local economy. Additional expenditures incurred

by those employed at the facility are likely to enhance the economy. The villagers engaged in

side work activities like running shops within the villages or near the project site, petty tradesmen,

and vendors, domestic helps are likely to be benefited from the project.

Employment Opportunities

Skilled and unskilled manpower will be needed. This will temporarily increase the employment

opportunity. Secondary jobs will also bind to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and

services to the work force. This will also temporarily increase the demand for essential daily

utilities in the local market. The manpower requirement for the proposed project will generate

permanent and secondary jobs for the operation and maintenance of plant. The manpower

requirement for the project is estimated at about 10. This will increase direct and indirect

employment opportunities and ancillary business development to some extent for the local

population. This phase is expected to create a beneficial impact on the socio-economic

environment. The project will benefit the people living in the neighboring villages by giving

preference to them in relation to direct employment associated with the various project activities.

Construction and operation phase of the proposed project will involve a certain number of

laborers. There is a possibility that local people for construction phase as well as a number of

local skilled and unskilled people will be engaged in the employment which will improve the

existing employment scenario of the region. The managerial, supervisory and skilled personal

shall be sourced from nearby area.

Benefits Of Industries

The required raw materials and skilled and unskilled laborers will be utilized maximum from the

local area. The increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of

the locality, to some extent.


151 | P a g e

Social Responsibility

Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS) is abided to provide a good social environment to

people in the vicinity of project site and in the region. In future, it is continually committed to

behave ethically and to contribute to economic development, while improving the quality of life

for the workforce and their families, as well as the local community and society at large. The

organization shall earmark funds for social development and welfare measures in the

surrounding villages. Following activity must be under taken a part of CSR.

Capacity Building Training Programs

Capacity building programmes would be implemented for the development of skill development

programmes.

Vocational Training: Creating institutions to impart vocational training for acquiring and

upgrading technical skills with a view to enhance employability. Establishing partnerships with

District Administration and various Non-Governmental Organizations to assist gainful self-

employment schemes for the unemployed youth in the area, such programs would include:

• Organization of training programs in Driving of 4 Wheelers and Auto, Welding and

fabrication, TVs, Radio, other electronic appliances mechanism

• Training programs on tailoring, embroidery, bamboo crafting to women

• Donate sewing matching for tribal woman.

Sponsoring Self-Help Groups: Sponsoring the SHGs would increase the quality of life of local

people. Besides, the promotion of savings, this will also enhance the marketability of local

products such as local handicrafts, fruits, minor forest produce, etc.

Promotion Of Local Cultural Activities

• Conservation of native tribal culture.

• Training on Traditional Arts like Music, Handicrafts, Dance, Drama, Painting, etc.

• Contribution/Grants for staging Drama/Village fair, etc.

Advantages Of CETP

• Saving in Capital and Operating cost of treatment plant. The Common treatment is always

cheaper than small scattered treatment units.

• Availability of land which is difficult to be ensured by all individual units in the event they

go for individual treatment plants.

• Contribution of nutrient and diluting potential, making the complex industrial waste more

amenable to degradation.

• The neutralization and equalization of heterogeneous waste makes its treatment techno-

economically viable.

• Professional and trained staff can be made available for operation of CETP which is not

possible in case of individual plants.

• Disposal of treated wastewater & sludge becomes more organized.

• Reduced burden of various regulatory authorities in ensuring pollution control

requirement.


152 | P a g e

CHAPTER 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST AND

BENEFIT ANALYSIS


153 | P a g e

9 Environmental Cost And Benefit Analysis

The upcoming project will generate direct and indirect employment opportunities for the local

people. The CETP will create employment including skilled as well as semi-skilled staff directly

or indirectly. The secondary employment in the form of providing services to the employed

manpower will also be developed in the neighboring villages.

The organization will also provide the helping hand in the development of the nearby villages by

arranging regular medical checkup camp for the employees.

The project will generate a fair amount of direct, indirect and induced employment in the study

region. The local economy will receive a boost due to employee spending and services

generated by applicant.


154 | P a g e

CHAPTER 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

PLAN


155 | P a g e

10 Environment Management Plan

An EMP is a site-specific plan developed to ensure that all necessary measures are identified

and implemented in order to protect environment and comply with environmental legislation and

then being implemented with a primary objective to minimize harm to the environment.

In Chapter 4 of this EIA report, anticipated impacts during construction and operation phases of

the proposed project have been identified, predicted and evaluated. Conventionally most of the

identified impacts can be managed through the proposed project. However, where potential

sources of environmental impacts could not be managed through such measures, additional

mitigation measures are required. This chapter on the Environmental Management Plan [EMP]

lists and describes those measures, they are either of an organization, procedural or

technical/instrumental nature. These measures are over and above all items already

incorporated in the design of project facilities.

The details provided by the proponent about the proposed project [technical data, policy

matters, approach to environmental protection, etc.] and the baseline environmental status

monitored through field surveys during the study period have formed the basis to predict the

impact on all individual components of environment.

The impact identification and prediction has been made keeping in view the predicted results

primarily based on design details and the baseline data gathered during the study period. The

EMP relevant to construction and operation phases is delineated in the following sections.

Aims & Objectives

The aims of EMP are:

• Overall conservation of environment.

• Minimization of waste generation and pollution.

• Judicious use of natural resources and water.

• Safety, welfare and good health of the work force and populace.

• Ensure effective operation of all control measures.

• Control measures against probable disasters and accidents.

• Monitoring of cumulative and longtime impacts.

• Ensure effective operation of all control measures.

The main objectives in formulating the environment management plan are:

• To treat the effluent generated from the units at Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster to a level

so that the effluent can be recycled & reused.

• To minimize the air emission, noise and hazardous waste with appropriate technology.

• To comply with all the regulations stipulated by MoEF&CC /Central/State Pollution Control

Boards related to effluents inlet norms discharge standard and air emission as per Air &

Water pollution control laws.

• To handle hazardous waste as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and amended thereof under

Environment(Protection) Act,1986.


156 | P a g e

• To improve the overall environmental status and to improve methods of environment

management.

• To establish green belt/plantation/garden/lawn around the project area to improve the

aesthetics of the area.

• To create good occupational environment for the benefit of the employees to improve

their work efficiency.

• To take effective measures to curb the fire and accidental hazards on the project site.

• To arrange regular medical health check-up of the employees and to provide the medical

aid to them.

• To conduct the skill up-gradation training programmes for the employees and for

conducting training about preventive measures and for on-site and off-site emergency

conditions.

• To allocate the required funds for the effective environmental management.

• Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for better environment.

Construction Phase

The phase will typically involve on-site activities relating to civil construction, steel structure

erection and erection of machinery/equipment. The associated impacts are largely temporary,

and localized. The EMP is tabulated as under;

Table 10-1 Issues and their management during Construction Phase.

Sr. No Issue Management/Mitigation measures

1. Water environment • Water usage to be optimized

• Water quality (use based) – to be strictly regulated

• Domestic wastewater to be treated in the proposed project.

2. Air environment • Regular sprinkling of water on construction material

• Limited storage of construction mater in open at the site

• DG sets to be in strict compliance with applicable norms

3. Land environment • Careful preservation of fertile top-soil (excavated) – to be

relaid for green area development

• Excavated earth to be utilized for local fill to the extent

possible

4. Safety during

construction

• All manpower will be provided with personal protective

equipment

• Working hours and working conditions, as per norms, will be

strictly adhered to. adequate preventive measures to be

implemented

• Workers to be properly trained in on-site emergency response

management.


157 | P a g e

Sr. No Issue Management/Mitigation measures

5. Labour welfare • The labour will be provided necessary facilities in functional

and hygienic manner

• No labour is allowed to stay at site as per contract agreement

• However toilets would be provided for labour use during day

time and operated so that there is no health hazard

• Special toilet arrangements for female workers will be made

to ensure their privacy

6. Equipment and

machinery

• All equipment and machinery will conform to the relevant BIS

norms, various other statutory provisions (in terms of

performance, emissions, noise, etc.)

• A record of PUC will be maintained for all plant and

machinery.

7. Parking and

machinery bays

• The area for parking of construction vehicles, fuel/lubricant

storage area, equipment and machinery area, will be lined

• All operations will be carried out in a way to prevent the

contamination of ground from spillage of fuels/lubricants

• Arrangement will be provided to arrest the run-off from the

area

8. Construction

material

The material to be procured from existing approved sources

conforming to the applicable environmental provisions and

should have valid consents/permissions/ authorizations.

9. Construction

operations

Construction material will be regularly sprinkled with water to

keep the exposed surface wet and preventing it from getting air

borne.

10. Material

transportation and

handling

• The vehicles should conform to Motor Vehicles Act, 1988

• Covered transportation will be preferred

• Due care to be taken during material unloading

11. Environmental

monitoring

Periodic monitoring of air, water, noise, and soil quality, through

an approved monitoring agency will be periodically undertaken

to ensure safe environmental conditions

Operation Phase

The phase will typically involve activities as follows;

a) Raw effluent collection, door-to-door collection and its transportation to the CETP through

vehicle (LCV/HCV) mounted tanks

b) Treatment of the collected effluent (to achieve zero liquid discharge)


158 | P a g e

c) Distribution/sale of high quality reclaimed water

d) Collection, storage and disposal of hazardous waste generated

The management plan to address identified significant environmental aspects and impacts are

as under;

Table 10-2 Issues and Management during Operation Phase.

Issue Management/Mitigation measures

1. General • Operation Management Committee (OMC) – comprising of

qualified and experienced professionals and reporting to

Board of Directors – will manage key issues of day-to-day

operations

• Standard operating procedures (SOPs) and Good

operational practices (GOPs) will be developed and strictly

followed for operation and management of the CETP

(subjected to periodic review and revision, if need be)

• Chemicals to be used for treatment process shall be of high

quality and purity minimizing their consumption and

secondary pollution (sludge generation) as well as

improving water recovery during tertiary operations

(RO/MEE)

• Periodic performance study/audit of the CETP through

reputed institution/organization

• In case of emergency shut-down, information will be

immediately conveyed to the member industries and the

regulatory authorities

• All data/information regarding operation and monitoring of

the CETP will be periodically shared with the regulatory

authorities

• Guidelines issued by CETP or GPCB regarding CETP

operation and management, from time-to-time, will be

meticulously observed

2. Water environment • CETP being designed to receive and treat ~150 m3

/day of

raw effluent.

• Fresh water (groundwater) to be used only for domestic

purposes.

• Manifest/record of raw effluent collection and receiving from

individual member industries to be assiduously maintained

and regularly communicated to the GPCB.

• Special care to be taken for transportation of collected raw

effluent.

• Provision of online measurement and recording of key water

quality parameters and flow rates through various CETP


159 | P a g e


units

• Setting up in-house laboratory for regular process control

and monitoring

• Chemical dosage (for coagulation, flocculation, etc.) to be

optimized regularly – at least once a day – through

laboratory based assessment

• In case of emergency stoppage of the treatment process,

provision will be made for raw effluent storage of at least 1-

day equivalent of the effluent received

• Domestic wastewater to be treated in the CETP.

3. Air environment • Periodic preventive maintenance of machinery/equipment

of air pollution control system

• Periodic monitoring of combustion emissions

• Development of appropriate green belt – will address air

pollution abatement and improve aesthetics

• DG sets to be in strict compliance with applicable norms

4. Solid/hazardous waste • The dried sludges/solids from CETP operation to be stored

on-site in HDPE bags (inside covered isolated room –

marked for hazardous waste storage) and finally disposed

through the nearby TSDF facility

• Spent oil will be stored in MS barrels (inside covered

isolated room – marked for hazardous waste storage) and

finally sold to authorized recyclers

• Proper record of hazardous waste generation and manifest

of hazardous waste storage to be maintained and

appropriately communicated to the GPCB through periodic

returns

• Trained manpower to be deployed for hazardous waste

handling

5. Health and safety • All manpower will be provided with personal protective

equipment

• Working hours and working conditions, as per ILO norms,

will be strictly adhered to

• Workers will be trained for safe handling of chemicals

• The CETP units will be provided with safety rails

• Appropriate provision of fire-fighting and electrical safety as

per the statutory guidelines

• Provision of on-site first-aid – workers to be properly trained

• Periodic health check-up of workers


160 | P a g e


• Workers to be properly trained in on-site emergency

response management.

6. Worker’s welfare • The labour will be provided necessary facilities in

functional and hygienic manner

• The sanitation and sewage system are designed, built, and

operated, such that no health hazards occur and no

pollution to air, ground water, etc., takes place

• No labour is allowed to stay at site as per contract

agreement

• However toilets would be provided for labour use during

day time and operated so that there is no health hazard

• Special toilet arrangements for female workers will be

made to ensure their privacy

7. Equipment and

machinery

• All equipment and machinery will conform to the relevant

BIS norms, various other statutory provisions (in terms of

performance, emissions, noise, etc.)

• The project proponent will follow “buy quite” while

selecting machinery and equipment to achieve employee

daily noise exposures of or below an LAeq,8h of 85 dB(A)

• Adequate provision of standby machinery and equipment

of critical importance to avoid any breakdown related

shutdown

• Identification of critical spares and maintaining adequate

inventory of all

• Undertaking scheduled and preventive maintenance of

machinery and equipment diligently

8. Raw effluent

transportation and

handling

• The collected effluent will be underlined Pipelines

• Well qualified/experienced manpower to be retained for

the work – loading/unloading, treatment, monitoring, etc.

• Manpower to be adequately trained.

9. Environmental

monitoring

Periodic monitoring of air, water, noise, and soil quality,

through an approved monitoring agency will be periodically

undertaken to ensure safe environmental conditions

Construction Phase Management

Environment impact during the construction phase can be attributed to the site preparation, civil

works, erection & mechanical fabrication, waste disposal, welding etc. and provision of civic

amenities to the construction workforce. The potential for environmental impact during


161 | P a g e

construction phase on most of the environmental component, except land use, is temporary, and

environment returns back to its previous status on completions of the construction. However, the

land use change and any associated loss of flora, is permanent.

The site preparation and construction for the plant shall be undertaken on open land and

topography of the site is plain. Thus, change in land use and destruction of flora from the

construction area is not involved. The Environment Management Plan for construction phase is

described below:

• During site preparation, the excavated materials i.e. topsoil and stones shall be stacked

at safe place for reuse at a later stage.

• To prevent soil erosion during construction phase, temporary seeding and sedimentation

basin shall be provided.

• During dry weather, control of the nuisance created by excavation, leveling and

transportation activities shall be carried out by water sprinkling.

• Fugitive dust emissions due to transportation activities can be controlled by water

sprinkling.

• Excavation area would be barricaded.

• Safety equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet face shields and safety goggles

etc. will be provided to workers engaged in high risk areas.

• The contractor should employ as many labors as possible. This will generate employment

in the area.

• This will also help in reducing some of the problems associated with accommodating the

workers brought from outside.

• For the outside workers, the contractor should make provisions for accommodating his

workers in temporary dwellings and provide them with the basic amenities like water,

toilet facility to maintain the sanitary conditions of the area and ensure proper standards

of hygiene. All these can be avoided by employing locals.

• The activities generating noise should be stopped after 6.00 pm.

• Vehicles should be properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions, reduce noise and

prevent leaking of oil from vehicles.

Development of green belt shall be started along with the construction activities itself.

Operational Phase Management

Proposed plant itself water management facility for treatment of liquid effluent generated. The

detail study was carried out for operational phase aspect, impact and their mitigation measure.

Several control measures have been incorporated in the process technology to minimize wastes

generation and subsequent environment impacts during the operational phase.

Conveyance

There is a cluster of 49 textile units. The proposed CETP will be located at the centre of the

cluster. The individual unit will function only in single shift operation basis which increases the

peak discharge reasonably higher than the average discharge flow rate if it operates on 24 hours

basis.





162 | P a g e

The available slope for the pipeline already laid down is 1:200. The hydraulic drop provided is

1.75 meter vis-a-vis the estimated pressure drop for the furthest unit assuming full conduit flow

is 1.17 meter which is quite safe for the present peak flow rate. In Phase-2, with the increase in

the effluent discharge, the peak flow rate will also be increased. Then, the estimated pressure

drop will increase up to 5.02 meter which will exert a back flow unless the diameter of conduit is

increased.

In view of above following are few recommendations: -

• The convey network must have some intermediate sump at convenient distance (say 100

meter linear distance centre to center).

• The diameter of the conduit must be increased to minimize the pressure drop.

• The effluent must pass through a bar screen & coarse screen.

• Necessary Hydraulic drop has to be provided for easy conveyance of effluent to the

CETP.

Details Of Environmental Management Plan

During Construction Phase

Air Environment

Construction of the proposed CETP will be carried out on land dedicated for the project. The

management plan suggested in order to prevent air pollution due to construction activities is as

mentioned below:

• Whenever feasible, construction materials will be procured from local market. It will

minimize pollution due to transportation.

• The vehicles used for transportation of construction material will be certified valid PUC.

• The trucks carrying cement and sand will be covered in order to prevent the fugitive

emissions due to material handling.

• Temporary shed will be developed in order to store the construction material inside the

project premises.

• The machinery used for construction purpose will be properly maintained and serviced.

• It will be ensured that diesel powered vehicles and construction machinery are properly

maintained to minimize the exhaust emissions as well as noise generation

• The construction debris generated will be properly stored in the shed and later should

be used for leveling of low lying area and road construction.

• Regular water sprinkling will be done in the storage area and within the plant boundary

for dust

suppression.

• The fuel used for the machines will be of good quality.

• Proper arrangement will be made to prevent washout of construction material during the

monsoon season. Temporary shed of brick should be constructed during the monsoon

season for the storage of construction material.

• Proper storm water management system will be integrated in design phase and civil

works will be carried out accordingly at project site.

• Once the construction phase is completed, proper clean up of the plant area will be done

and the construction debris and the other waste will be disposed off at the low lying

areas.


163 | P a g e

During operation phase

Air environment

Point Source emission:

Only silent DG set will be installed, to run the emergency services in case of power failure. So it

will be occasionally operative. And adequate stack height will be provided to minimize the

pollutant effect in surrounding atmosphere.

Fugitive emission:

In order to meet the standards as prescribed in NAAQS, the following management plan was

implemented

• In proposed CETP, exposed surfaces will be very less. Regular & periodic sprinkling of

water on all exposed surfaces to suppress emission of dust. Frequency of sprinkling may

be increased to keep dust emissions under control.

Water environment

AT CETP SITE

Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sansathan would adopt the following EMP to prevent water

environment:

• Water conservation measures would be taken to optimize the fresh water requirement

and record of water consumption would be maintained.

• Record of the inlet wastewater quantity and treated water/disposal quantity would be

maintained.

• Environment testing laboratory would be established.

• Records of analysis results of untreated wastewater would maintain.

• Records of analysis results of treated effluent would be maintained.

• Annual environmental audit from recognized environmental auditor would be conducted.

• Adequate spares for effluent collection, handling and transfer would be maintained.

• Preventive maintenance schedule would be made and implemented.

• Proper housekeeping should be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated surface

runoff going to storm water drains.

• Rainwater harvesting facility would be provided within the premises.

• Monitoring plan shall be implemented as per schedule.

Member Units

• Quantify the effluent and record will be maintained.

• Quality of individual member’s effluent/ chamber will analyze and record will be

maintained.

• Periodically visual inspection would be done at center chamber/member units as per

requirement. If any illegal addition and withdrawal of effluent will be found during

inspection legal action would be taken.

Odor Management Plan

• Following control measure shall be taken to avoid the odor problem:

• All the aspects has adopted during the designing.

• Aerobic condition shall be maintained.

• Oxidizing/ precipitate the odorous compound by using oxidizing agent i.e. lime ferrous

sulfate, charcoal etc. as per requirement.


164 | P a g e

• Minimize turbulence in effluent flow.

• Avoiding the overloading in processes.

• Avoiding the solids inventory and sludge backlog.

• Controlling the release of aerosols.

• Continuous disposal of sludge.

• Proper operating condition shall be maintained.

• Proper housekeeping shall be done

• Green belt shall be developed to restrict the odor.

Water Conservation

• The first step towards the management of water environment would be conservation of

the water. Proper step shall be taken to conserve the water, apart from the reuse and

recycle of the wastewater generated.

• Storm water drainage network shall be designed

• Total generated wastewater will be treated in CETP. Treated effluent shall be completely

reused and recycled within the plant premises. No treated water will be discharged

outside of premises.

• Rain water harvesting scheme shall be implemented.

Waste Water Generation During Construction Phase

Waste water generated during construction activities shall be collected in a septic tank with

impervious lining to avoid seepage of wastewater in groundwater. Waste water monitoring shall

be done as per CPCB guidelines.

Any spill from vehicle during construction phase shall be recorded & mitigated. Vehicle cleaning

at the end of the day will be done in designated area; water from there shall be connected to

septic tank for proper discharge.

Waste water generation during operation phase:

The wastewater generated shall be collected and treated in CETP of 150KLD capacity. Treated

effluent will not be discharged outside the premises. The CETP treated water will be further

disposed off onto green area for development.

Monsoon Plan

Total quantity of treated waste water will be sent back to member units for reuse in washing

purpose and green area development

Drainage And Storm Water Management

Proper peripheral drainage system with collection system will be provided. During the

operational phase, storm water from the CETP area will be collected and managed at the site in

an environmentally sound manner. During monsoon appropriate mitigation steps will be taken to

reduce the contamination risks. For example storm water drainage has been accounted for while

designing the facility. Mitigative measures during pre-monsoon, monsoon and post monsoon are

identified and will be implemented to reduce the contamination risks. Measures should be taken

to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The plan incorporates best management

practices, which includes the following:


165 | P a g e

• Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains.

• Cover waste storage areas.

• Avoid application of pesticides and herbicides before wet season.

• Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities.

• Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness.

• Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas.

• Good housekeeping in the above areas.

Rain Water Recharging Scheme

Rain water recharging is a way to capture the rain water when it rains, store that water above

ground or charge the underground and it will be useable later. The scheme of recharge well is

shown below figure 10-1. Roof top area of any constructed structure, any surface or the paved

areas can be treated as catchment as these areas receive the direct rainfall. Rooftops are the

best among them because of the large coefficient of runoff generated from them and there are

less chances of contamination of water. Conveyance system basically includes rain gutters and

down pipes which collects the rain water from catchment to the storage tank. These rain gutters

are usually built during the time of construction. They need to be designed appropriately as to

avoid the loss of water during the conveyance process. A tank of 4’x 4’x 4’ (or bigger size suitable

for the user) is to be made around the recharge tube well. The upper 2 to 3 m of the well casing

should be filtered and wrapped with micron or resin filter. The whole tank should be filled with

uniform sized gravel up to the top level. The rain water stocks towards the bore hole are filtered

through the gravel and pass through the micron filter and poured automatically inside the tube

well.

Figure 10-1 Schematic Diagram Of Recharge Well


166 | P a g e

Pre-Treatment Of Storm Water

Storm Water Drainage Line: Channels will be installed wherever required to transport rain water

to the recharging pit. Drainage will be semi-circular and will be made using Galvanized Iron

sheet folded to required shapes. Drainages will be fixed using Iron Brackets.

Conduits: Pipes will be used to carry rain water from catchment to the recharge pit, passing

through filter. A valve will be put at the end of wall for first flushing.

Filter: Sand Filter will be used to remove suspended pollutants from the rainwater.

Solid/ hazardous waste managenent

Solid waste

Environment Management plan to be implemented for solid waste generation will include the

following

points:

• Recyclable material to be separated at source, & shall be sold to contractors for

recycling.

• No waste will be dumped at any location outside site boundary.

• Construction material shall be used on site as fill material or sold as scrap. Paint

containers etc. shall be returned to suppliers.

• Record of all waste generated, recycled, sold or disposed shall be maintained in a Waste

tracking Register.

Hazardous Waste

Construction phase

• Hazardous materials such as lubricating oil, paints and varnishes are required during

construction phase which should be stored properly as per the safety regulations at

isolated places.

• Accidental spillages of oil from construction equipment and storage sites should be

prevented.

Operation phase

In the proposed project only ETP Sludge & used oil will be generated. ETP sludge will be sent to

the TSDF site and the used oil shall be reused within the plant premises for lubrication purpose.

All hazardous waste will be separated from other waste & stored in designated areas with

restricted access & proper marking. Record of the hazardous waste generated shall be

maintained as per the Hazardous waste rules 2016 in the prescribed format and the same shall

be regularly submitted to statutory authority.

Direct manual handling of waste will be avoided. The person handling the waste will be equipped

with hand gloves resistant to the waste, face mask and goggles.

Noise Environment

Construction Phase

The major noise generation during construction activity will be from the construction equipments

and machineries. Following steps will be taken to combat the same:

• Noise generation due to friction from the machines shall be avoided by regular

maintenance


167 | P a g e

• Ear muffs shall be provided to workers to minimize the effect of noise during construction

activity.

Operation Phase

The major noise generation during operation phase will be from the operation of CETP and D.G.

set.

The mitigation measures to be adopted while working close to the noise generating equipments

are as follows:

• Noise producing equipment should be placed at distance from each other to reduce the

cumulative noise level.

• Rotation of workers shall be done based on their exposure to noise level during the

working hours as per the Factory Act, 1948 and amendments thereof.

• Entry to the working area wherein the noise generating sources are located should be

permitted with PPE’s like ear muff, ear plugs.

• Display should be made clearly indicating noise prone area along with dB level

• To reduce the Noise generation during the transportation activities; the vehicle shall be

kept periodically serviced and maintained as per the requirement of latest trend in

Automobile industry.

• Only those Vehicles with PUCs and spark arresters shall be allowed for the transportation.

• All equipment in the plant would be designed/operated to have a total noise level not

exceeding 85 to 90 dB (A) as per the requirement of OSHA (Occupational Safety and

Health Administration) standard and the Environment (Protection) Rules.

• The organization will develop a green belt around periphery of the premises, which shall

act as a barrier to the propagation of noise from the CETP premises. This further reduces

the noise levels appreciably.

Land Environment

Following steps are proposed to take care of impact of construction activity on project land area:

• On the completion of civil works, all debris etc. will be completely removed from site to

avoid any incompatibility with future use.

• Other materials like paint, diesel etc. will be properly stored and handled to prevent any

spillage on land.

• All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent scattered

discharge on land.

Ecological Balance

The total area for the proposed CETP is 1102.5 m2

approximately. It has allotted 277 sqm for

green belt development. The green belt development will be started during construction activity.

Hence, no major impact on ecology is anticipated.

Socio-Economic Survey

As there will be no temporary housing colony for construction workers, no socio-economic

impact due to the same is envisaged. Overall socio-economic effect of construction phase will

be positive due to direct and indirect employment opportunity for the local livings. Local people


168 | P a g e

from nearby villages of the surroundings of the site will be employed for construction work to the

maximum extent possible.

Biological environment (operation phase)

Green belt development

Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures to control the Air pollution/dust emission

and noise pollution. It also causes aesthetics and climatologically improvement of area as well

as sustains and supports the biosphere. It is an established fact that trees and vegetation acts

as a vast natural sink for the gaseous as well as particulate air pollutants due to enormous

surface area of leaves. It also helps to attenuate the ambient noise level. Plantation around the

pollution sources control the air pollution by filtering the air particulate and interacting with

gaseous pollutant before it reaches to the ground. Tree plantation also acts as buffer and

absorber against accidental release of pollutants.

Adequate green belt will be developed as per the CPCB norms.

The plants used for Green belt development should exhibit following characteristics in order to

be selected for plantation.

1. The species should be fast growing and providing optimum penetrability.

2. The species should be wind firm and deep rooted

3. The species should form a dense canopy.

4. As far as possible, the species will be locally available.

5. Species tolerance to air pollutants like PM, SO2, and NOx should be preferred.

6. The species should be permeable to help create air turbulence and mixing within the

belt.

7. There should be no large gaps for the air to spill through.

8. Tree with high foliage density, leaves with larger leaf area and hairy on both the surface.

9. Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought.

10. Soil improving plants (Nitrogen fixing, rapidly decomposable leaf litter).

11. Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing.

12. Bird and insect attracting tree spacing.

The list of suitable tree species for green belt development along with the action plan is given in

Chapter 3.


169 | P a g e

Organizational Hierarchical Structure

Figure 10-2 Organizational Hierarchical Structure

Funding Agency

(Handicrafts Mega Cluster Mission)

Chief Executive

Officer

Implementing Agency

(Northern India Textile Research Association)

End User

(Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan)

President

Technical

Consultant

Director General

Officiating Director

Employees (4 Nos.)

Environment

Division


170 | P a g e

Environmental Management Cell

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various

environmental components is necessary. Ajrakhpur Hastkala Vikas Sangathan (AHVS) will have

a full-fledged Environmental Management Cell (EMC) reporting directly to Functional Head for

environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team will take care of pollution monitoring

aspects and implementation of control measures.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians will be deputed for maintenance,

up keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at the best

of their efficiencies.

Responsibilities of EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Regular environmental monitoring will be carried out to ensure that pollution is limited below

prescribed limits and to take corrective action by either optimizing the treatment process or

providing new equipment or improving the performance of pollution control equipment. In case

the monitored results of environment pollution will indicate parameters exceeding the prescribed

limits, remedial actions will be taken through the concerned plant authorities.

The actual operation and maintenance of pollution control equipments of each department will

be under respective department heads.

• To implement the environmental management plan.

• To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations.

• To ensure regular operation and maintenance of CETP.

• To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP

• To initiate the environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.

• Review and interpretation of monitoring as per approved schedule and corrective

measures in case monitoring results are above the specified limits.

• Maintain documents of good environmental practices and applicable environmental laws

as ready reference

• Maintain environmental related records.

• Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring laboratories.

• Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment.

• Ensuring that standards are maintained.

• Developing the green belt.

• Ensuring water use is minimized by recycling.

• Organizing meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and reporting to the

committee.

Management and Maintenance of Conveyance System

• Environmental friendly and cost-effective system of effluent conveyance has been

planned to bring the effluent from the units to the proposed CETP.

• Following are the special provisions made in conveyance system to protect the

environment from any malfunction and for smooth conductance.

• Effluent will be transported via pipeline system from each industry to CETP after meeting

the discharge standards.


171 | P a g e

• Proper Inspection will be carried out of the effluents received & discharged.

• Cleaning of pipeline will be carried out as per requirement.


Management of Water Environment at CETP

• Record of daily effluent received from each member units and disposal of treated effluent

is maintained.

• Effective Wastewater treatment in CETP by proper operations and controls in order to

meet the disposal norms.

• After the effluent treatment, the hazardous sludge produced will be sent to designated

hazardous waste management facility.

• Regular maintenance of the plant will be carried out & care will be taken that the

generated leachate or any other waste water does not contaminate the ground water of

the area. The treated water will be recycled and reused for the horticulture & agricultural

purposes to have the eco-friendly system. Adequate Spares for effluent collection,

handling, treatment and transfer will be maintained.

• To record the stipulated quality parameters of the influent and treated effluent daily.

• The daily record of the quality and quantity of the influent and treated effluent will be

maintained by each member industry and is submitted on daily basis to CETP authorities.

This will facilitate the smooth functioning of the treatment plants at CETP and to calculate

the share of charge of individual member industries on pollution loads basis.




Table 10-3: Corporate Social Responsibility

Sr.


Total Amount

(in Lakhs)

3. Health Care Checkup

Health care checkup for

Workers and nearby

Villagers.

0.5


Total 1

Note: The organization shall earmark the fund of Rs. 1 lakhs for the CSR. This Fund shall be


Budgetary Provisions For EMP







172 | P a g e

Table 10-4 Allocation of Budget for Environment Management Plan


(Rs. in Lakhs)

Operating Cost




Management 2 1



5.



equipments etc.

7 0.8

Total 11 3


173 | P a g e

CHAPTER 11

SUMMARY


174 | P a g e

11 Summary

Introduction

The ‘Ajrakh’ block printing style is a traditional art & cultural heritage of Kutch. Government has

taken initiative to conserve and protect the artisans through development of different

infrastructure facilities to promote and boost up the textile activity in that locality.


effluent creates surface water contamination and diminishes the supply of good quality water

which is a major concern in Kutch. Therefore, treatment as well as reuse or recycling of water

through effective Environmental Management System is a major exercise sought-after for this

cluster - famous for several centuries.



initiated Ajrakhpur is worldwide known for the art of Ajrakh Block Printing Style. Mostly natural

dyes are used in dyeing & printing which includes a mixture of camel dung, soda ash and castor

oil, waste iron, myrobalan, madder, indigo, pomegranate peel boiled in water, sprays of turmeric

water, root of rhubarb etc. These blocks printing styles are century old traditions being followed

till date. To preserve the India’s traditional handicrafts, Ministry of Textile, Govt. of India through

Handicraft Mega Cluster Mission (HMCM) has taken initiative and approached NITRA for

establishment of CETP in Ajrakhpur Industrial Cluster.






(KLD) for which there is a CETP proposed of 150KLD.

Category Of The Project





Salient Features Of The Project







Sep, 2006 and

amended thereof.




175 | P a g e




Water


Power 40KW

Power Supplying

Agency






Effluent Treatment

Scheme





Treatment Scheme




storage capacity.












shooting.










176 | P a g e





Manpower Requirement

Six number of people will be employed during the Construction phase and four number of people

will be employed during the operational phase.

Effluent Transportation








Following are the special provisions made in conveyance system to protect the environment from

any malfunction and for smooth conductance.

• Effluent will be transported through pipeline system for each unit to CETP

• Proper inspection will be carried out

• Cleaning of pipeline will be carried out as per requirement


Existing Environment

Existing environmental scenario has been described for the specific environmental components

as delineated in TOR for the study area of CETP.

The baseline study was conducted during period (Mid-September 2017 – Mid December 2017).

Air Environment

The results of the air environment carried out is given below:

Parameter Minimum

Value (µg/m3

) Location

Maximum

Value (µg/m3

) Location

PM2.5 17.2 Kukma 28.98 Ler





In all cases, the 24-hourly average levels of SO2 and NO2 were observed to be within the limit of

80 µg/m3

for residential, rural & other areas as stipulated in the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards. Also, in all cases, the PM2.5 levels were within the corresponding permissible limit

of 60 µg/m3

. As well as PM10 level were within the corresponding permissible limit 100 µg/m3

as

stipulated NAAQS.


177 | P a g e

Water Environment

Surface Water : The pH recorded for surface water at Village Paddhar is 7.73 and the pH of the

surface water at Village Kukma is 7.4. The Total dissolved solid varied from 1619-1719 mg/l,

Calcium was found between 18mg/l at village Kukma and 20mg/l at village Paddhar, Chloride

was found 499mg/l and 487mg/l respectively. In comparison, the Sulphate (SO4) was found

higher in Village Padhar i.e. 147mg/l and Nitrate(NO3) was found higher in Village Kukma

i.e.1.39mg/l.

Ground Water: The analysis results indicate the pH ranges in between 7.63 to 7.75, the maximum

pH of 7.75 was observed at village Lakhond and the minimum pH of 7.63 was observed at Village

Kukma. Total hardness was observed to be ranging from 297 to 598 mg/l. The maximum

hardness was recorded at Project site and minimum was recorded at village Lakhond. Chloride

was found to be in the range of 230.2 to 458.68 mg/l, the maximum concentration of chloride

was observed at project site and minimum value was observed at village Kukma.

Soil Environment



these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe,Mn and Zn


B. Electrical conductivity (EC): The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC measurements,

and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical conductivity is expressed

as µmhos/cm at 25°C, or mmhos/cm. The EC of eight soil samples is between 2.69 to 3.89

mmhos/cm and are below the limits to be called as saline or salt affected and hence the soils

are normal for crop growth.

Noise Environment


desirable limits.

Biological Environment

➢ Detailed study has been conducted within the study area of 10 km to describe the

biological environment surrounding the CETP with specific reference to type of crops,

floral and faunal diversity, endangered species etc.

➢ There are no National Parks, Wildlife sanctuaries, Reserved & Protected forests with the

periphery of 10 km buffer zone from the project site.

➢ List of Flora & fauna has been incorporated in chapter-3.

Socio-economic environment:




of 21 peoples.


79.31%. The Schedule Caste population is 15.17%.The Schedule Tribe community found in

these villages is very less only 0.72%. There are few villages where no schedule caste or

schedule tribe population. The population, below six year is 14.74%. Total working population is


178 | P a g e



LANDUSE PATTERNS:

➢ The villages situated within the 10 km radius of the proposed site have been considered

for the study of the land use pattern.

➢ Landuse pattern reveals that 29.63% land of the study area is Agricultural land whereas

the Built up Land is 4.57%, Fallow Land is 36.91%, mining area is 1.78%, Water bodies

are 0.71 %, Forest area/hill/shrubs are 26.7%.

Impact Assessments

Based on the project design details provided by proponent, data collected to describe the

existing environmental scenario and to satisfy the requirements of TOR, the impacts have been

identified and assessed.

Budgetary Provisions For EMP






Allocation of Budget for Environment Management Plan


(Rs. in Lakhs)

Operating Cost




Management 2 1



5.



equipments etc.

7 0.8

Total 11 3




Table 11-1: Corporate Social Responsibility

Sr.


Total Amount

(in Lakhs)

5. Health Care Checkup

Health care checkup for

Workers and nearby

Villagers.

0.5


Total 1


179 | P a g e

Note: The organization shall earmark the fund of Rs. 1 lakhs for the CSR. This Fund shall be


Observations And Conclusions

A. WATER:

➢ The plant will have treatment consisting of physical, chemical, biological, conventional

filtration & tertiary treatment units with sludge handling facility

➢ Treated water will be used for horticulture & agricultural purpose to meet the ecofriendly

system.

B. AIR:

➢ Dust emission during construction & emission will be controlled, operation of DG set will

be there in case of failure of power.

C. LAND:

➢ The change in landuse pattern is not in conflict with any present and/or future use of the

land.

➢ The overburden and construction waste will be reused as early as possible in the

construction and for land filling during land-scaping of project site.

D. BIOLOGICAL:

➢ There are no notified ecological sensitive locations, migratory paths, sanctuaries etc.


➢ The proposed project does not envisage any destruction or displacement of any

endemic faunal species.

➢ Green belt/plantation will be developed around the CETP.

E. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY:

➢ As the operation of CETP involves handling and use of chemicals such as Lime, Ferrous

sulphate, Poly electrolyte, Urea, DAP etc. the safety of workers invites safety

considerations.


180 | P a g e

CHAPTER 12

DISCLOSURE OF THE

CONSULTANT


181 | P a g e

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

M/s Shivalik Solid Waste Management Limited (SSWML) has been appointed as Consultant to

carry out Environmental Impact Assessment study of the proposed CETP project of Ajrakhpur

Block Printing Cluster located at Village Ajrakhpur, Tehsil Bhuj, District Kutch, Gujarat.

Brief profile of SSWML is as below:

Table 12-1 Details of the Consultant Organization

Name of the

Consultancy

Company

M/s. Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.

Address

Registered Office:

Village-Majra, P.O. Dabhota, Tehsil Nalagarh, Distt. Solan, Himachal

Pradesh – 174101 Phone/Telefax: 01795-260427, 260227

Zirakpur Office:

SCO 20-21, 2nd

Floor, Near Hotel Dolphin, Baltana, Zirakpur Punjab-

140604 Phone/Telefax: 01762–509496

E-mail Address [email protected]

[email protected]

Website www.sswml.net

Nature of

Services

Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, EIA Consultancy, Environmental,

Health & Safety Auditing, EMS, Environmental Monitoring & Laboratory

Analytical Services, Waste water Management, Energy Audit Greens

Concept Development, etc.

Shivalik Solid Waste Management Limited (SSWML), Nalagarh is offering high quality technical

services in the field of EIA, Environment, Health & Safety (EHS), and Environmental Monitoring &

Laboratory Analytical Services etc. SSWML is supported by distinguished professionals,

engineers, scientists etc. SSWML Professionals have excellent experience in executing EIA and

other environmental projects.

For Environmental Monitoring related work, we have our in-house laboratory approved by NABL.

Following experts are associated with SSWML for EIA and Environmental projects.

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.sswml.net/


182 | P a g e

Table 12-2 Key Personnel/FAEs (Functional Area Experts) Associated with the Study

S. No. Functional Areas Name of the

Expert/s

Involvement (Period & Task**)

1. AP*

(Air Pollution Monitoring,

Prevention & Control)

Ms. Daksha Gupta &

Muzaffar Ahmad

Quantification of Air pollution and

Assessment of Impacts.

Period of Involvement: May 2017 –till

date

2. WP* (Water Pollution

Monitoring, Prevention &

Control)

P.N.

Parameshwaran &

Mr Snehal R.

Lokhandwal.

Quantification of water pollution and

Assessment of Impacts.


date.

3. SHW* (Solid and Hazardous

Waste Management)

Ms. Daksha Gupta Quantification of Solid & Hazardous

Waste and Assessment of Impacts.


date

4. SE* (Socio-economics) Sayantani Chaterjee Collection and Compilation of Socio-

economic data. scenario and CSR

Plan.

Period of Involvement: May 2017 –

till date

5. EB* (Ecology & Biodiversity) S. Brahma & Shivani

Dutt.

Conducted primary survey work at

site, collected information about

flora and fauna from Forest dept and

checked.


date.

6. HG* (Hydrology, Ground

Water & Water Conservation)

Yamesh Sharma Provided guidance on Hydrology

aspects of the EIA Report.

7. GEO* (Geology) Subhash Chander

Sharma

Geology and geomorphologic

analysis based on secondary data.

8. SC* (Soil Conservation) BS Lole. Interpretation of baseline data of soil

analysis and its interpretation.

Preparation of draft report


183 | P a g e

S. No. Functional Areas Name of the

Expert/s

Involvement (Period & Task**)

considering impact and mitigation

on Soil as per guidelines.

9. AQ* (Meteorology, Air

Quality Modeling &

Prediction)

Ms. Daksha Gupta Checking air quality data, evaluation

of results of Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring (AAQM), supervision of

air quality modeling and prediction,

identification of impacts, suggestion

and finalization of mitigation

measures.

Period of Involvement: May 2017 –

till date

10. NV* (Noise & Vibration) Vinay Kurakula Quantification of Noise & Vibration

and Assessment of Impacts.


date.

11. LU*(Land use) Vinay Kurakula Prepared Land Use Land Cover

Maps.


date

12. RH* (Risk Assessment &

Hazard Management)

Mr. Ashok Sharma Identification and Assessment of

Risk and Hazards.


date


184 | P a g e

Table 12-3: Key Personnel/FAA(Functional Area Associate) Associated with the Study

S.

No.

Functional Areas Name of the

TM/FAA

Involvement

(Period & Task**)

1. AP*

(Air Pollution

Monitoring,

Prevention &

Control)

Vishal

Kalhapure

Assisted approved FAE Period of Involvement:

during study period Tasks: Assisted FAE Site

visit, checking air quality data, evaluation of

results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(AAQM), and contribution to EIA documentation

& compilation of report.

2. WP* (Water

Pollution

Monitoring,

Prevention &

Control)

Dilbagh Singh

& Kashyap

Bhatt


during study period Assisted approved FAE,

Performance Evaluation of existing CETP,

Treatability Studies based on evaluation of

performance for the proposed treatment

scheme, selection of sampling locations for

surface and ground water sampling, evaluation

of water pollution control management,

identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation

measures, contribution to EIA documentation.

3. SHW* (Solid and

Hazardous Waste

Management)

Dilbagh Singh

& Vishal

Kalhapure


during study period, Identification of solid and

Hazardous Wastes generated, designs for

temporary storage facilities for hazardous

wastes, mitigation measures for management of

hazardous waste, contribution to the EIA

documentation.

4. SC* (Soil

Conservation)

S. Brahma

(TM) & Sanjay

Sharma (TM)


during study period Interpretation of base line

data of soil analysis and its interpretation along

with field observation Preparation of draft report

considering impact and mitigation on Soil as per

guideline

5. NV* (Noise &

Vibration)

Niraj Kumari

Parihar


during study period, analysis of data,

identification of impacts and mitigation

measures, and contribution to EIA

documentation.

6. RH* (Risk

Assessment &

Hazrad

Management)

Kashyap Bhatt

& Baseem

Zafar


during study period Coordinating safety studies,

finalization of DMP, contribution to RA/DMP

Documentation and contribution to EIA

documentation.

7. AQ* (Meteorology,

Air Quality

Modeling &

Prediction)

Baseem Zafar Assisted approved FAE Period of Involvement:

during study period, checking air quality data,

evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality


185 | P a g e

S.

No.

Functional Areas Name of the

TM/FAA

Involvement

(Period & Task**)

Monitoring (AAQM), and contribution to EIA

documentation& compilation of report.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/Authorized person

I, Ashok Sharma, hereby, confirm that above-mentioned experts prepared the draft EIA of CETP

Ajrakhpur Block Printing Cluster. I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully

accountable for any miss-leading information of above mentioned statement.

Signature:

Name: Ashok Kumar Sharma

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Shivalik Solid Waste Management Ltd.

NABET Certificate No NABET/EIA/1619/RA0040. & Issue Date: 28th

March 2017.